dispatch for header files in order to keep old way of includes working
git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@26356 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
This commit is contained in:
parent
b3c35859d8
commit
9ea759d449
@ -1,53 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: accel.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "accel.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable();
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); // Load from array
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructors
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
|
||||
: wxObject()
|
||||
{ Ref(accel); }
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable* accel)
|
||||
{ if (accel) Ref(*accel); }
|
||||
|
||||
~wxAcceleratorTable();
|
||||
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable& operator = (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
|
||||
{ if (*this == accel) return (*this); Ref(accel); return *this; }
|
||||
bool operator == (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
|
||||
{ return m_refData == accel.m_refData; }
|
||||
bool operator != (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
|
||||
{ return m_refData != accel.m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool Ok() const;
|
||||
|
||||
int GetCommand( wxKeyEvent &event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/accel.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/accel.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,207 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: app.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxApp class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "app.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowMac;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp ;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxKeyEvent;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxLog;
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxPRINT_WINDOWS 1
|
||||
#define wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT 2
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxApp*) wxTheApp;
|
||||
|
||||
// Force an exit from main loop
|
||||
void WXDLLEXPORT wxExit();
|
||||
|
||||
// Yield to other apps/messages
|
||||
bool WXDLLEXPORT wxYield();
|
||||
|
||||
// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare
|
||||
// a new App object to start application
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp: public wxAppBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp)
|
||||
|
||||
wxApp();
|
||||
virtual ~wxApp() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int MainLoop();
|
||||
virtual void ExitMainLoop();
|
||||
virtual bool Pending() ;
|
||||
virtual bool Dispatch() ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Exit();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = FALSE);
|
||||
virtual void WakeUpIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; }
|
||||
virtual int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
// setting up all MacOS Specific Event-Handlers etc
|
||||
virtual bool OnInitGui();
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
// implementation only
|
||||
void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnQueryEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// Windows only, but for compatibility...
|
||||
inline void SetAuto3D(bool flag) { m_auto3D = flag; }
|
||||
inline bool GetAuto3D() const { return m_auto3D; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool m_showOnInit;
|
||||
int m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT
|
||||
bool m_auto3D ; // Always use 3D controls, except
|
||||
// where overriden
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
static bool sm_isEmbedded;
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
|
||||
virtual void CleanUp();
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsExiting() { return !m_keepGoing ; }
|
||||
#if TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
// the installed application event handler
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetEventHandler() { return m_macEventHandler ; }
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetCurrentEventHandlerCallRef() { return m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ; }
|
||||
void MacSetCurrentEvent( WXEVENTREF event , WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF handler )
|
||||
{ m_macCurrentEvent = event ; m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef = handler ; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static long sm_lastMessageTime;
|
||||
static wxWindow* s_captureWindow ;
|
||||
static int s_lastMouseDown ; // 0 = none , 1 = left , 2 = right
|
||||
static WXHRGN s_macCursorRgn ;
|
||||
static long s_lastModifiers ;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_nCmdShow;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_keepGoing ;
|
||||
|
||||
// mac specifics
|
||||
#if TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macEventHandler ;
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
WXEVENTREF m_macCurrentEvent ;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static bool s_macSupportPCMenuShortcuts ;
|
||||
static long s_macAboutMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static long s_macPreferencesMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static long s_macExitMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static wxString s_macHelpMenuTitleName ;
|
||||
|
||||
static bool s_macHasAppearance ;
|
||||
static long s_macAppearanceVersion ;
|
||||
static bool s_macHasNavigation ;
|
||||
static bool s_macNavigationVersion ;
|
||||
static bool s_macHasWindowManager ;
|
||||
static long s_macWindowManagerVersion ;
|
||||
static bool s_macHasMenuManager ;
|
||||
static long s_macMenuManagerVersion ;
|
||||
static bool s_macHasDialogManager ;
|
||||
static long s_macDialogManagerVersion ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXHRGN m_macCursorRgn ;
|
||||
WXHRGN m_macSleepRgn ;
|
||||
WXHRGN m_macHelpRgn ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacSuspend( bool convertClipboard ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacResume( bool convertClipboard ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacConvertPrivateToPublicScrap() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacConvertPublicToPrivateScrap() ;
|
||||
|
||||
void MacDoOneEvent() ;
|
||||
WXEVENTREF MacGetCurrentEvent() { return m_macCurrentEvent ; }
|
||||
void MacHandleOneEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// For embedded use. By default does nothing.
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleUnhandledEvent( WXEVENTREF ev );
|
||||
|
||||
#if !TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleMenuSelect( int menuid , int menuitem ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleMouseUpEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleOSEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleDiskEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleActivateEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleUpdateEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleMouseDownEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void MacHandleModifierEvents( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleKeyDownEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleKeyUpEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleHighLevelEvent( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/app.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleMouseMovedEvent( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ,wxUint32 modifiers , long timestamp ) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void MacHandleMenuCommand( wxUint32 command ) ;
|
||||
bool MacSendKeyDownEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey ) ;
|
||||
bool MacSendKeyUpEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEODoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEPDoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEOApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEQuit(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAERApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// in response of an open-document apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacOpenFile(const wxString &fileName) ;
|
||||
// in response of a print-document apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacPrintFile(const wxString &fileName) ;
|
||||
// in response of a open-application apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacNewFile() ;
|
||||
// in response of a reopen-application apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacReopenApp() ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStAppResource
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxStAppResource() ;
|
||||
~wxStAppResource() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// opaque pointer for CFragInitBlock
|
||||
static void OpenSharedLibraryResource(const void *) ;
|
||||
static void CloseSharedLibraryResource() ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
short m_currentRefNum ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/app.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,39 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/apptbase.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits for Mac systems
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Modified by: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Created: 23.06.2003
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_APPTBASE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_APPTBASE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxAppTraits: the Mac version adds extra hooks needed by Mac code
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// wxExecute() support methods
|
||||
// ---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO
|
||||
|
||||
// wxThread helpers
|
||||
// ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO
|
||||
|
||||
// other miscellaneous helpers
|
||||
// ---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_APPTBASE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/apptbase.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/apptbase.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,42 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/apptrait.h
|
||||
// Purpose: standard implementations of wxAppTraits for MacOS
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Modified by: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Created: 23.06.2003
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_APPTRAIT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_APPTRAIT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxGUI/ConsoleAppTraits: must derive from wxAppTraits, not wxAppTraitsBase
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// other miscellaneous helpers
|
||||
// ---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxToolkitInfo& GetToolkitInfo();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// other miscellaneous helpers
|
||||
// ---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxToolkitInfo& GetToolkitInfo();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_APPTRAIT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/apptrait.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/apptrait.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,225 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: bitmap.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxBitmap class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "bitmap.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/palette.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Bitmap
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxImage;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPixelDataBase;
|
||||
|
||||
// A mask is a bitmap used for drawing bitmaps
|
||||
// it can be a monochrome bitmap or a multi-bit bitmap which transfers to alpha channels
|
||||
// transparently.
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMask)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMask();
|
||||
|
||||
// Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating
|
||||
// the transparent area
|
||||
wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
|
||||
|
||||
// Construct a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating
|
||||
// the transparent area
|
||||
wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
// Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap).
|
||||
wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
~wxMask();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
|
||||
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
|
||||
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
bool PointMasked(int x, int y);
|
||||
inline WXHBITMAP GetMaskBitmap() const { return m_maskBitmap; }
|
||||
inline void SetMaskBitmap(WXHBITMAP bmp) { m_maskBitmap = bmp; }
|
||||
int GetDepth() const { return m_depth ; }
|
||||
void SetDepth( int depth ) { m_depth = depth ; }
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap;
|
||||
int m_depth ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum { kMacBitmapTypeUnknownType , kMacBitmapTypeGrafWorld, kMacBitmapTypePict , kMacBitmapTypeIcon } ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapRefData: public wxGDIRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapRefData)
|
||||
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmapRefData();
|
||||
~wxBitmapRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int m_width;
|
||||
int m_height;
|
||||
int m_depth;
|
||||
bool m_ok;
|
||||
int m_numColors;
|
||||
#if wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
wxPalette m_bitmapPalette;
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
int m_quality;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_bitmapType ;
|
||||
WXHMETAFILE m_hPict ;
|
||||
WXHBITMAP m_hBitmap;
|
||||
WXHICON m_hIcon ;
|
||||
wxMask * m_bitmapMask; // Optional mask
|
||||
bool m_hasAlpha;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_BITMAPDATA ((wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler: public wxBitmapHandlerBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmapHandler() : m_name(), m_extension(), m_type(0) { }
|
||||
virtual ~wxBitmapHandler();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap, void *data, long flags, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
|
||||
int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
|
||||
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
|
||||
void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
|
||||
void SetType(long type) { m_type = type; }
|
||||
wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
|
||||
wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
|
||||
long GetType() const { return m_type; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxString m_name;
|
||||
wxString m_extension;
|
||||
long m_type;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_BITMAPHANDLERDATA ((wxBitmapRefData *)bitmap->GetRefData())
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap: public wxBitmapBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap)
|
||||
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmap(); // Platform-specific
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructors
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
|
||||
: wxBitmapBase()
|
||||
{ Ref(bitmap); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize with raw data.
|
||||
wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize with XPM data
|
||||
bool CreateFromXpm(const char **bits);
|
||||
wxBitmap(const char **bits);
|
||||
wxBitmap(char **bits);
|
||||
|
||||
// Load a file or resource
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor for generalised creation from data
|
||||
wxBitmap(void *data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// If depth is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display
|
||||
wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert from wxImage:
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
~wxBitmap();
|
||||
|
||||
wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// get the given part of bitmap
|
||||
wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
|
||||
virtual bool Create(void *data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE);
|
||||
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
|
||||
virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Ok() const;
|
||||
int GetWidth() const;
|
||||
int GetHeight() const;
|
||||
int GetDepth() const;
|
||||
int GetQuality() const;
|
||||
void SetWidth(int w);
|
||||
void SetHeight(int h);
|
||||
void SetDepth(int d);
|
||||
void SetQuality(int q);
|
||||
void SetOk(bool isOk);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
wxPalette* GetPalette() const;
|
||||
void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask *GetMask() const;
|
||||
void SetMask(wxMask *mask) ;
|
||||
|
||||
int GetBitmapType() const;
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxBitmap& operator = (const wxBitmap& bitmap) { if (*this == bitmap) return (*this); Ref(bitmap); return *this; }
|
||||
inline bool operator == (const wxBitmap& bitmap) const { return m_refData == bitmap.m_refData; }
|
||||
inline bool operator != (const wxBitmap& bitmap) const { return m_refData != bitmap.m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
static void InitStandardHandlers();
|
||||
|
||||
// raw bitmap access support functions, for internal use only
|
||||
void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp);
|
||||
void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data);
|
||||
|
||||
void UseAlpha();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const;
|
||||
inline WXHICON GetHICON() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? M_BITMAPDATA->m_hIcon : 0); }
|
||||
WXHMETAFILE GetPict(bool *created = NULL ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetHBITMAP(WXHBITMAP bmp);
|
||||
void SetHICON(WXHICON ico);
|
||||
void SetPict( WXHMETAFILE pict ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
bool FreeResource(bool force = FALSE);
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/bitmap.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/bitmap.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,65 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: bmpbuttn.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "bmpbuttn.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/button.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxButtonNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN 4
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButton: public wxBitmapButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmapButton()
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetMargins(wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN, wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
// TODO: Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
|
||||
virtual void DrawFace( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
|
||||
virtual void DrawButtonFocus( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
|
||||
virtual void DrawButtonDisable( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool with_marg );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/bmpbuttn.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/bmpbuttn.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,82 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: brush.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxBrush class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BRUSH_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "brush.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
kwxMacBrushColour ,
|
||||
kwxMacBrushTheme ,
|
||||
kwxMacBrushThemeBackground
|
||||
} wxMacBrushKind ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Brush
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush: public wxGDIObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBrush();
|
||||
wxBrush(short macThemeBrush ) ;
|
||||
wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style = wxSOLID);
|
||||
wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple);
|
||||
wxBrush(const wxBrush& brush)
|
||||
: wxGDIObject()
|
||||
{ Ref(brush); }
|
||||
~wxBrush();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ;
|
||||
virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) ;
|
||||
virtual void SetStyle(int style) ;
|
||||
virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) ;
|
||||
virtual void SetMacTheme(short macThemeBrush) ;
|
||||
virtual void SetMacThemeBackground(unsigned long macThemeBackground , WXRECTPTR extent) ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBrush& operator = (const wxBrush& brush)
|
||||
{ if (*this == brush) return (*this); Ref(brush); return *this; }
|
||||
bool operator == (const wxBrush& brush)
|
||||
{ return m_refData == brush.m_refData; }
|
||||
bool operator != (const wxBrush& brush)
|
||||
{ return m_refData != brush.m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxMacBrushKind MacGetBrushKind() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long GetMacThemeBackground(WXRECTPTR extent) const ;
|
||||
short GetMacTheme() const ;
|
||||
wxColour& GetColour() const ;
|
||||
int GetStyle() const ;
|
||||
wxBitmap *GetStipple() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
|
||||
// Useful helper: create the brush resource
|
||||
bool RealizeResource();
|
||||
|
||||
// When setting properties, we must make sure we're not changing
|
||||
// another object
|
||||
void Unshare();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_BRUSH_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/brush.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/brush.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,55 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: button.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "button.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxButtonNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Pushbutton
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton: public wxButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxButton() {}
|
||||
inline wxButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetDefault();
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/button.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/button.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,84 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: checkbox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCheckBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "checkbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCheckBox() { }
|
||||
wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState val);
|
||||
virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown );
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapCheckBox: public wxCheckBox
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int checkWidth;
|
||||
int checkHeight;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapCheckBox()
|
||||
: checkWidth(-1), checkHeight(-1)
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *bitmap);
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel( const wxString & WXUNUSED(name) ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapCheckBox)
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/checkbox.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/checkbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,105 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: checklst.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items
|
||||
// Note: this is an optional class.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "checklst.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__UNIX__)
|
||||
typedef unsigned int size_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
wxCheckListBox() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int nStrings = 0,
|
||||
const wxString *choices = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, nStrings, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int nStrings = 0,
|
||||
const wxString *choices = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// items may be checked
|
||||
bool IsChecked(size_t uiIndex) const;
|
||||
void Check(size_t uiIndex, bool bCheck = TRUE);
|
||||
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) ;
|
||||
void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// metrics
|
||||
wxInt32 m_checkBoxWidth;
|
||||
wxInt32 m_checkBoxHeight;
|
||||
wxInt32 m_TextBaseLineOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
// the array containing the checked status of the items
|
||||
wxArrayInt m_checks;
|
||||
|
||||
// override all methods which add/delete items to update m_checks array as
|
||||
// well
|
||||
virtual void Delete(int n);
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
|
||||
virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, int pos);
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
|
||||
virtual void DoClear();
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CHECKLST_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/checklst.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/checklst.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,30 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Name: wx/mac/chkconf.h
|
||||
* Purpose: Compiler-specific configuration checking
|
||||
* Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
* Modified by:
|
||||
* Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
* RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
* Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
* Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_CHKCONF_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_CHKCONF_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* disable the settings which don't work for some compilers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS doesn't work with CodeWarrior
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__MWERKS__)
|
||||
#undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
|
||||
#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* _WX_MAC_CHKCONF_H_ */
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/chkconf.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/chkconf.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,111 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: choice.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxChoice class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "choice.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxChoiceNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char * , wxChoiceDataArray ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Choice item
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice: public wxChoiceBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxChoice()
|
||||
: m_strings(), m_datas(), m_macPopUpMenuHandle(NULL)
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxChoice() ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
|
||||
virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, int pos);
|
||||
virtual void Delete(int n);
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetCount() const ;
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(int n) const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetString( int , const wxString& s ) ;
|
||||
void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
public: // for wxComboBox only
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientData( int n, void* clientData );
|
||||
virtual void* DoGetItemClientData( int n ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientObject( int n, wxClientData* clientData );
|
||||
virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject( int n ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// free all memory we have (used by Clear() and dtor)
|
||||
// prevent collision with some BSD definitions of macro Free()
|
||||
void FreeData();
|
||||
|
||||
wxArrayString m_strings;
|
||||
wxChoiceDataArray m_datas ;
|
||||
WXHMENU m_macPopUpMenuHandle ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/choice.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/choice.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,81 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: clipbrd.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Clipboard functionality.
|
||||
// Note: this functionality is under review, and
|
||||
// is derived from wxWindows 1.xx code. Please contact
|
||||
// the wxWindows developers for further information.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "clipbrd.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/module.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dataobj.h" // for wxDataFormat
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxClipboard
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxClipboard();
|
||||
~wxClipboard();
|
||||
|
||||
// open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData()
|
||||
virtual bool Open();
|
||||
|
||||
// close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData()
|
||||
virtual void Close();
|
||||
|
||||
// query whether the clipboard is opened
|
||||
virtual bool IsOpened() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted.
|
||||
virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data );
|
||||
|
||||
// add to the clipboard data.
|
||||
virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data );
|
||||
|
||||
// ask if data in correct format is available
|
||||
virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format );
|
||||
|
||||
// fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
|
||||
virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data );
|
||||
|
||||
// clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
|
||||
// clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
|
||||
// eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
|
||||
virtual bool Flush();
|
||||
|
||||
// X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW.
|
||||
void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = FALSE ) { }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxDataObject *m_data;
|
||||
bool m_open;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/clipbrd.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/clipbrd.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,46 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: colordlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxColourDialog class. Use generic version if no
|
||||
// platform-specific implementation.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "colordlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/setup.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Platform-specific colour dialog implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxColourDialog();
|
||||
wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxColourData m_colourData;
|
||||
wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/colordlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/colordlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,101 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: colour.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxColour class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_COLOUR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "colour.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Colour
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
// default
|
||||
wxColour() { Init(); }
|
||||
// from RGB
|
||||
wxColour( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue )
|
||||
{ Set(red, green, blue); }
|
||||
wxColour( unsigned long colRGB )
|
||||
{ Set(colRGB); }
|
||||
|
||||
// implicit conversion from the colour name
|
||||
wxColour( const wxString &colourName )
|
||||
{ InitFromName(colourName); }
|
||||
wxColour( const wxChar *colourName )
|
||||
{ InitFromName(colourName); }
|
||||
|
||||
// copy ctors and assignment operators
|
||||
wxColour( const wxColour& col );
|
||||
wxColour( const wxColour* col );
|
||||
wxColour& operator = ( const wxColour& col );
|
||||
|
||||
// dtor
|
||||
~wxColour();
|
||||
|
||||
// Set() functions
|
||||
void Set( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue );
|
||||
void Set( unsigned long colRGB )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// we don't need to know sizeof(long) here because we assume that the three
|
||||
// least significant bytes contain the R, G and B values
|
||||
Set((unsigned char)colRGB,
|
||||
(unsigned char)(colRGB >> 8),
|
||||
(unsigned char)(colRGB >> 16));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
bool Ok() const {return m_isInit; }
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; }
|
||||
unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; }
|
||||
unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; }
|
||||
|
||||
// comparison
|
||||
bool operator == (const wxColour& colour) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (m_isInit == colour.m_isInit
|
||||
&& m_red == colour.m_red
|
||||
&& m_green == colour.m_green
|
||||
&& m_blue == colour.m_blue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool operator != (const wxColour& colour) const { return !(*this == colour); }
|
||||
|
||||
const WXCOLORREF& GetPixel() const { return m_pixel; };
|
||||
|
||||
void InitFromName(const wxString& col);
|
||||
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper function
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
bool m_isInit;
|
||||
unsigned char m_red;
|
||||
unsigned char m_blue;
|
||||
unsigned char m_green;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
WXCOLORREF m_pixel ;
|
||||
void Set( const WXCOLORREF* color ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_COLOUR_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/colour.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/colour.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,136 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: combobox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxComboBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "combobox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/textctrl.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/choice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxComboBoxNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Combobox item
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBox : public wxControl, public wxComboBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxComboBox() {}
|
||||
virtual ~wxComboBox();
|
||||
// override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
// forward these functions to all subcontrols
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual void SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
// callback functions
|
||||
virtual void DelegateTextChanged( const wxString& value );
|
||||
virtual void DelegateChoice( const wxString& value );
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// List functions
|
||||
virtual void Delete(int n);
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int n);
|
||||
virtual void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n) ; }
|
||||
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(int n) const ;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& s) ;
|
||||
virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& sel);
|
||||
|
||||
// Text field functions
|
||||
virtual wxString GetValue() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clipboard operations
|
||||
virtual void Copy();
|
||||
virtual void Cut();
|
||||
virtual void Paste();
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
||||
virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const ;
|
||||
virtual long GetLastPosition() const ;
|
||||
virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
|
||||
virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
||||
virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
|
||||
virtual int GetCount() const { return m_choice->GetCount() ; }
|
||||
void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item) ;
|
||||
virtual int DoInsert(const wxString& item, int pos) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientData(int n, void* clientData) ;
|
||||
virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(int n) const ;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(int n, wxClientData* clientData) ;
|
||||
virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(int n) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
void FreeData();
|
||||
|
||||
// the subcontrols
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* m_text;
|
||||
wxChoice* m_choice;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/combobox.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/combobox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,109 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: control.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxControl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "control.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxControlNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// General item class
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl : public wxControlBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxControl();
|
||||
wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
|
||||
virtual ~wxControl();
|
||||
|
||||
// Simulates an event
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); }
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers
|
||||
bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& title) ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxList& GetSubcontrols() { return m_subControls; }
|
||||
|
||||
void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE) ;
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE) ;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacRedrawControl () ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacPreControlCreate( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, wxString label ,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size, long style,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator,
|
||||
const wxString& name ,
|
||||
WXRECTPTR outBounds ,
|
||||
unsigned char* maclabel ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacPostControlCreate() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacAdjustControlRect() ;
|
||||
virtual WXWidget MacGetContainerForEmbedding() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperEnabled( bool enabled ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperShown( bool show ) ;
|
||||
virtual bool MacCanFocus() const ;
|
||||
virtual void MacUpdateDimensions() ;
|
||||
void* MacGetControlAction() { return m_macControlAction ; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,int width, int height,int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO ) ;
|
||||
void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ) ;
|
||||
void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent &event ) ;
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) ;
|
||||
virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBack = TRUE, const wxRect *rect = NULL) ;
|
||||
WXWidget GetMacControl() { return m_macControl ;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// For controls like radiobuttons which are really composite
|
||||
WXWidget m_macControl ;
|
||||
void* m_macControlAction ;
|
||||
bool m_macControlIsShown ;
|
||||
wxList m_subControls;
|
||||
int m_macHorizontalBorder ;
|
||||
int m_macVerticalBorder ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxControl *wxFindControlFromMacControl(WXWidget inControl ) ;
|
||||
void wxAssociateControlWithMacControl(WXWidget inControl, wxControl *control) ;
|
||||
void wxRemoveMacControlAssociation(wxControl *control) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/control.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/control.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,85 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: cursor.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCursor class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "cursor.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursorRefData: public wxBitmapRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCursorRefData)
|
||||
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCursorRefData();
|
||||
~wxCursorRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
WXHCURSOR m_hCursor;
|
||||
bool m_disposeHandle;
|
||||
bool m_releaseHandle;
|
||||
bool m_isColorCursor ;
|
||||
long m_themeCursor ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_CURSORDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
#define M_CURSORHANDLERDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)bitmap->m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
// Cursor
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor: public wxBitmap
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructors
|
||||
wxCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
|
||||
: wxBitmap()
|
||||
{ Ref(cursor); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor(const char bits[], int width, int height, int hotSpotX = -1, int hotSpotY = -1,
|
||||
const char maskBits[] = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor(const wxImage & image) ;
|
||||
wxCursor(const char **bits) ;
|
||||
wxCursor(char **bits) ;
|
||||
wxCursor(const wxString& name, long flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE,
|
||||
int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor(int cursor_type);
|
||||
~wxCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
bool CreateFromXpm(const char **bits) ;
|
||||
virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL && ( M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor != NULL || M_CURSORDATA->m_themeCursor != -1 ) ) ; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxCursor& operator = (const wxCursor& cursor) { if (*this == cursor) return (*this); Ref(cursor); return *this; }
|
||||
inline bool operator == (const wxCursor& cursor) { return m_refData == cursor.m_refData; }
|
||||
inline bool operator != (const wxCursor& cursor) { return m_refData != cursor.m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
void MacInstall() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor);
|
||||
inline WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const { return (M_CURSORDATA ? M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor : 0); }
|
||||
private :
|
||||
void CreateFromImage(const wxImage & image) ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern WXDLLEXPORT void wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/cursor.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/cursor.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,61 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/dataform.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor (lifted from dnd.h)
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataFormat
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef unsigned long NativeFormat;
|
||||
|
||||
wxDataFormat();
|
||||
wxDataFormat(wxDataFormatId vType);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(const wxString& rId);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(const wxChar* pId);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(NativeFormat vFormat);
|
||||
|
||||
wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat vFormat)
|
||||
{ SetId(vFormat); return *this; }
|
||||
|
||||
// comparison (must have both versions)
|
||||
bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const
|
||||
{ return m_format == (NativeFormat)format; }
|
||||
bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const
|
||||
{ return m_format != (NativeFormat)format; }
|
||||
bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const
|
||||
{ return m_type == (wxDataFormatId)format; }
|
||||
bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const
|
||||
{ return m_type != (wxDataFormatId)format; }
|
||||
|
||||
// explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of
|
||||
// standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the
|
||||
// compatibility with old code)
|
||||
NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; }
|
||||
operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetId(NativeFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
// string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for
|
||||
// application-specific formats
|
||||
wxString GetId() const;
|
||||
void SetId(const wxChar* pId);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
wxDataFormatId GetType() const { return m_type; }
|
||||
void SetType( wxDataFormatId type );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxDataFormatId m_type;
|
||||
NativeFormat m_format;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dataform.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dataform.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,35 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/dataobj.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port)
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dataobj.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDataObject is the same as wxDataObjectBase under wxGTK
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDataObject();
|
||||
#ifdef __DARWIN__
|
||||
~wxDataObject() { }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsSupportedFormat( const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get ) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dataobj.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dataobj.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,86 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: os2/dataobj2.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of standard wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes
|
||||
// Author: David Webster (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dataobj.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmaps
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
wxBitmapDataObject();
|
||||
wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// destr
|
||||
~wxBitmapDataObject();
|
||||
|
||||
// override base class virtual to update PNG data too
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const ;
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
void Init() ;
|
||||
void Clear() ;
|
||||
|
||||
void* m_pictHandle ;
|
||||
bool m_pictCreated ;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Virtual function hiding supression
|
||||
size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& rFormat) const
|
||||
{ return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(rFormat)); }
|
||||
bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& rFormat, void* pBuf) const
|
||||
{ return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(rFormat, pBuf)); }
|
||||
bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& rFormat, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf)
|
||||
{ return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(rFormat, nLen, pBuf)); }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void AddFile( const wxString &filename );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Virtual function hiding supression
|
||||
size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& rFormat) const
|
||||
{ return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataSize(rFormat)); }
|
||||
bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& rFormat, void* pBuf) const
|
||||
{ return(wxDataObjectSimple::GetDataHere(rFormat, pBuf)); }
|
||||
bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& rFormat, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf)
|
||||
{ return(wxDataObjectSimple::SetData(rFormat, nLen, pBuf)); }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dataobj2.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dataobj2.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,293 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dc.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DC_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/pen.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/brush.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/icon.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/font.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// constants
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MM_TEXT
|
||||
#define MM_TEXT 0
|
||||
#define MM_ISOTROPIC 1
|
||||
#define MM_ANISOTROPIC 2
|
||||
#define MM_LOMETRIC 3
|
||||
#define MM_HIMETRIC 4
|
||||
#define MM_TWIPS 5
|
||||
#define MM_POINTS 6
|
||||
#define MM_METRIC 7
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// global variables
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
extern int wxPageNumber;
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMacPortStateHelper ;
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDC
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC: public wxDCBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDC)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDC)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxDC();
|
||||
~wxDC();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) { return TRUE; }
|
||||
virtual void EndDoc(void) {};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void StartPage(void) {};
|
||||
virtual void EndPage(void) {};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font);
|
||||
virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen);
|
||||
virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush);
|
||||
virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush);
|
||||
virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
|
||||
virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DestroyClippingRegion();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
|
||||
virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
|
||||
wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
|
||||
wxCoord *descent = NULL,
|
||||
wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
|
||||
wxFont *theFont = NULL) const;
|
||||
virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetDepth() const;
|
||||
virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetMapMode(int mode);
|
||||
virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y);
|
||||
virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp);
|
||||
virtual void SetLogicalFunction(int function);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour) ;
|
||||
virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(void);
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxCoord XDEV2LOG(wxCoord x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
long new_x = x - m_deviceOriginX ;
|
||||
if (new_x > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) / m_scaleX + 0.5) * m_signX + m_logicalOriginX;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) / m_scaleX - 0.5) * m_signX + m_logicalOriginX;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord XDEV2LOGREL(wxCoord x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(x) / m_scaleX + 0.5);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(x) / m_scaleX - 0.5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord YDEV2LOG(wxCoord y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
long new_y = y - m_deviceOriginY ;
|
||||
if (new_y > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) / m_scaleY + 0.5) * m_signY + m_logicalOriginY;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) / m_scaleY - 0.5) * m_signY + m_logicalOriginY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord YDEV2LOGREL(wxCoord y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (y > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(y) / m_scaleY + 0.5);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(y) / m_scaleY - 0.5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord XLOG2DEV(wxCoord x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
long new_x = x - m_logicalOriginX;
|
||||
if (new_x > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX + 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX - 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord XLOG2DEVREL(wxCoord x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(x) * m_scaleX + 0.5);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(x) * m_scaleX - 0.5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord YLOG2DEV(wxCoord y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
long new_y = y - m_logicalOriginY ;
|
||||
if (new_y > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY + 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY - 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord YLOG2DEVREL(wxCoord y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (y > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(y) * m_scaleY + 0.5);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(y) * m_scaleY - 0.5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord XLOG2DEVMAC(wxCoord x) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
long new_x = x - m_logicalOriginX;
|
||||
if (new_x > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX + 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX + m_macLocalOrigin.x ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX - 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX + m_macLocalOrigin.x ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCoord YLOG2DEVMAC(wxCoord y) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
long new_y = y - m_logicalOriginY ;
|
||||
if (new_y > 0)
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY + 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY + m_macLocalOrigin.y ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return (wxCoord)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY - 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY + m_macLocalOrigin.y ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
WXHRGN MacGetCurrentClipRgn() { return m_macCurrentClipRgn ; }
|
||||
static void MacSetupBackgroundForCurrentPort(const wxBrush& background ) ;
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
|
||||
int style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
|
||||
wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
|
||||
wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
|
||||
double sa, double ea);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
|
||||
wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
|
||||
double radius);
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
|
||||
bool useMask = FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
|
||||
double angle);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
|
||||
wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
|
||||
int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// this is gnarly - we can't even call this function DoSetClippingRegion()
|
||||
// because of virtual function hiding
|
||||
virtual void DoSetClippingRegionAsRegion(const wxRegion& region);
|
||||
virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
|
||||
wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
|
||||
virtual void DoGetClippingRegion(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
|
||||
wxCoord *width, wxCoord *height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GetClippingBox(x, y, width, height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
|
||||
wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset);
|
||||
virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
|
||||
wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
|
||||
int fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
//begin wxmac
|
||||
// Variables used for scaling
|
||||
double m_mm_to_pix_x,m_mm_to_pix_y;
|
||||
// not yet used
|
||||
bool m_needComputeScaleX,m_needComputeScaleY;
|
||||
// If un-scrolled is non-zero or d.o. changes with scrolling.
|
||||
// Set using SetInternalDeviceOrigin().
|
||||
long m_internalDeviceOriginX,m_internalDeviceOriginY;
|
||||
// To be set by external classes such as wxScrolledWindow
|
||||
// using SetDeviceOrigin()
|
||||
long m_externalDeviceOriginX,m_externalDeviceOriginY;
|
||||
|
||||
// Begin implementation for Mac
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
WXHDC m_macPort ;
|
||||
WXHBITMAP m_macMask ;
|
||||
|
||||
// in order to preserve the const inheritance of the virtual functions, we have to
|
||||
// use mutable variables starting from CWPro 5
|
||||
|
||||
void MacInstallFont() const ;
|
||||
void MacInstallPen() const ;
|
||||
void MacInstallBrush() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
mutable bool m_macFontInstalled ;
|
||||
mutable bool m_macPenInstalled ;
|
||||
mutable bool m_macBrushInstalled ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXHRGN m_macBoundaryClipRgn ;
|
||||
WXHRGN m_macCurrentClipRgn ;
|
||||
wxPoint m_macLocalOrigin ;
|
||||
void MacSetupPort( wxMacPortStateHelper* ph ) const ;
|
||||
void MacCleanupPort( wxMacPortStateHelper* ph ) const ;
|
||||
mutable void* m_macATSUIStyle ;
|
||||
mutable wxMacPortStateHelper* m_macCurrentPortStateHelper ;
|
||||
mutable bool m_macFormerAliasState ;
|
||||
mutable short m_macFormerAliasSize ;
|
||||
mutable bool m_macAliasWasEnabled ;
|
||||
mutable void* m_macForegroundPixMap ;
|
||||
mutable void* m_macBackgroundPixMap ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DC_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dc.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,74 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcclient.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxClientDC, wxPaintDC and wxWindowDC classes
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dcclient.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classes
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDC;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowDC: public wxDC
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowDC)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxWindowDC(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a DC corresponding to a canvas
|
||||
wxWindowDC(wxWindow *win);
|
||||
|
||||
~wxWindowDC(void);
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
wxWindow *m_window;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxClientDC: public wxWindowDC
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClientDC)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxClientDC(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a DC corresponding to a canvas
|
||||
wxClientDC(wxWindow *win);
|
||||
|
||||
~wxClientDC(void);
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDC: public wxWindowDC
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintDC)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPaintDC(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a DC corresponding to a canvas
|
||||
wxPaintDC(wxWindow *win);
|
||||
|
||||
~wxPaintDC(void);
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dcclient.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dcclient.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,37 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcmemory.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMemoryDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dcmemory.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryDC: public wxPaintDC
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMemoryDC(void);
|
||||
wxMemoryDC( wxDC *dc ); // Create compatible DC
|
||||
~wxMemoryDC(void);
|
||||
virtual void SelectObject( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
wxBitmap GetSelectedObject() { return m_selected ; }
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxBitmap m_selected;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dcmemory.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dcmemory.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,49 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcprint.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxPrinterDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dcprint.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class wxNativePrinterDC ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrinterDC: public wxDC
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterDC)
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
// Create a printer DC
|
||||
wxPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& printdata );
|
||||
~wxPrinterDC();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) ;
|
||||
virtual void EndDoc(void) ;
|
||||
virtual void StartPage(void) ;
|
||||
virtual void EndPage(void) ;
|
||||
wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxPrintData m_printData ;
|
||||
wxNativePrinterDC* m_nativePrinterDC ;
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dcprint.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dcprint.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,39 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcscreen.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxScreenDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dcscreen.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxScreenDC: public wxWindowDC
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Create a DC representing the whole screen
|
||||
wxScreenDC();
|
||||
~wxScreenDC();
|
||||
|
||||
// Compatibility with X's requirements for
|
||||
// drawing on top of all windows
|
||||
static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(window)) { return TRUE; }
|
||||
static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect* WXUNUSED(rect) = NULL) { return TRUE; }
|
||||
static bool EndDrawingOnTop() { return TRUE; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dcscreen.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dcscreen.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,105 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dialog.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dialog.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/panel.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDialogNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxDialogNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacToolTip ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Dialog boxes
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialog : public wxDialogBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor with a modal flag, but no window id - the old convention
|
||||
wxDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& title, bool modal,
|
||||
int x = -1, int y= -1, int width = 500, int height = 500,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
long modalStyle = modal ? wxDIALOG_MODAL : wxDIALOG_MODELESS ;
|
||||
Create(parent, -1, title, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height),
|
||||
style | modalStyle, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor with no modal flag - the new convention.
|
||||
wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
~wxDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
// virtual bool Destroy();
|
||||
bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetModal(bool flag);
|
||||
virtual bool IsModal() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// For now, same as Show(TRUE) but returns return code
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
// may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code
|
||||
virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
|
||||
|
||||
// returns TRUE if we're in a modal loop
|
||||
bool IsModalShowing() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
|
||||
// event handlers
|
||||
void OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// Standard buttons
|
||||
void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnApply(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// Responds to colour changes
|
||||
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// show modal dialog and enter modal loop
|
||||
void DoShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dialog.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dialog.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,50 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dirdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDirDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dirdlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirDialog : public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultPath = _T(""),
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; }
|
||||
void SetPath(const wxString& path) { m_path = path; }
|
||||
void SetStyle(long style) { m_dialogStyle = style; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
|
||||
wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
|
||||
long GetStyle() const { return m_dialogStyle; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxString m_message;
|
||||
long m_dialogStyle;
|
||||
wxWindow * m_parent;
|
||||
wxString m_path;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dirdlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dirdlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,46 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: display.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDisplay class customization for Mac
|
||||
// Author: Brian Victor
|
||||
// Modified by: Royce Mitchell III
|
||||
// Created: 06/21/02
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) wxWindows team
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DISPLAY_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DISPLAY_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/display.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class wxDisplayMacPriv;
|
||||
class wxRect;
|
||||
class wxString;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDisplay : public wxDisplayBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDisplay ( size_t index = 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
~wxDisplay();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxRect GetGeometry() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetDepth() const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetName() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxArrayVideoModes
|
||||
GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxDisplayMacPriv* m_priv;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplay)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DISPLAY_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/display.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/display.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,114 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dnd.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Declaration of the wxDropTarget, wxDropSource class etc.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DND_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "dnd.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dataobj.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cursor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classes
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDropTarget;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDropTarget;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSource;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// macros
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use
|
||||
// the icon 'name' from an XPM file under GTK, but will expand to something
|
||||
// else under MSW. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef in the
|
||||
// application code.
|
||||
#define wxDROP_ICON(X) wxCursor( (const char**) X##_xpm )
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDropTarget
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget: public wxDropTargetBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = (wxDataObject*) NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
virtual bool GetData();
|
||||
|
||||
bool CurrentDragHasSupportedFormat() ;
|
||||
void SetCurrentDrag( void* drag ) { m_currentDrag = drag ; }
|
||||
void* GetCurrentDrag() { return m_currentDrag ; }
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
void* m_currentDrag ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDropSource
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSource: public wxDropSourceBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors: if you use default ctor you must call SetData() later!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// NB: the "wxWindow *win" parameter is unused and is here only for wxGTK
|
||||
// compatibility, as well as both icon parameters
|
||||
wxDropSource( wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
|
||||
|
||||
/* constructor for setting one data object */
|
||||
wxDropSource( wxDataObject& data,
|
||||
wxWindow *win,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
|
||||
|
||||
~wxDropSource();
|
||||
|
||||
// do it (call this in response to a mouse button press, for example)
|
||||
// params: if bAllowMove is false, data can be only copied
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly);
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window ; }
|
||||
void SetCurrentDrag( void* drag ) { m_currentDrag = drag ; }
|
||||
void* GetCurrentDrag() { return m_currentDrag ; }
|
||||
bool MacInstallDefaultCursor(wxDragResult effect) ;
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow *m_window;
|
||||
void* m_currentDrag ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// D&D
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//_WX_DND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/dnd.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/dnd.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,50 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: filedlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFileDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "filedlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFileDialog
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxArrayString m_fileNames;
|
||||
wxArrayString m_paths;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const { paths = m_paths; }
|
||||
virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const { files = m_fileNames ; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
// not supported for file dialog, RR
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/filedlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/filedlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,116 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: font.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFont class
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FONT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "font.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFont
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont : public wxFontBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors and such
|
||||
wxFont() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxFont(const wxFont& font)
|
||||
: wxFontBase()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Ref(font);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(int size,
|
||||
int family,
|
||||
int style,
|
||||
int weight,
|
||||
bool underlined = FALSE,
|
||||
const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
(void)Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
(void)Create(info);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(int size,
|
||||
int family,
|
||||
int style,
|
||||
int weight,
|
||||
bool underlined = FALSE,
|
||||
const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxFont();
|
||||
|
||||
// assignment
|
||||
wxFont& operator=(const wxFont& font);
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual int GetPointSize() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetFamily() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetStyle() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetWeight() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
|
||||
virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
|
||||
virtual void SetFamily(int family);
|
||||
virtual void SetStyle(int style);
|
||||
virtual void SetWeight(int weight);
|
||||
virtual void SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
|
||||
virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
|
||||
virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool RealizeResource();
|
||||
|
||||
// Unofficial API, don't use
|
||||
virtual void SetNoAntiAliasing( bool noAA = TRUE ) ;
|
||||
virtual bool GetNoAntiAliasing() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac-specific, risks to change, don't use in portable code
|
||||
short GetMacFontNum() const;
|
||||
short GetMacFontSize() const;
|
||||
wxByte GetMacFontStyle() const;
|
||||
wxUint32 GetMacATSUFontID() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
void Unshare();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_FONT_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/font.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/font.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,46 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: fontdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFontDialog class. Use generic version if no
|
||||
// platform-specific implementation.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "fontdlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Font dialog
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFontDialog();
|
||||
wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
|
||||
wxFontData m_fontData;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/fontdlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/fontdlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,124 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: frame.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFrame class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FRAME_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "frame.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/toolbar.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/accel.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/icon.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFrameNameStr;
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxToolBarNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacToolTip ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame: public wxFrameBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// construction
|
||||
wxFrame() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxFrame();
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// override some more virtuals
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0)
|
||||
// if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates
|
||||
virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// event handlers
|
||||
void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// Toolbar
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void PositionToolBar();
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
|
||||
// Status bar
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
|
||||
virtual wxStatusBar* OnCreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
|
||||
long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void PositionStatusBar();
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
|
||||
|
||||
// tooltip management
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
|
||||
wxMacToolTip* GetToolTipCtrl() const { return m_hwndToolTip; }
|
||||
void SetToolTipCtrl(wxMacToolTip *tt) { m_hwndToolTip = tt; }
|
||||
wxMacToolTip* m_hwndToolTip ;
|
||||
#endif // tooltips
|
||||
|
||||
// called by wxWindow whenever it gets focus
|
||||
void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_winLastFocused = win; }
|
||||
wxWindow *GetLastFocus() const { return m_winLastFocused; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// override base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DetachMenuBar();
|
||||
virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// the last focused child: we restore focus to it on activation
|
||||
wxWindow *m_winLastFocused;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_FRAME_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/frame.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/frame.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,67 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: gauge.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxGauge class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "gauge.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxGaugeNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Group box
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge: public wxGaugeBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxGauge() { m_rangeMax = 0; m_gaugePos = 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxGauge(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int range,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int range,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetShadowWidth(int w);
|
||||
void SetBezelFace(int w);
|
||||
void SetRange(int r);
|
||||
void SetValue(int pos);
|
||||
|
||||
int GetShadowWidth() const ;
|
||||
int GetBezelFace() const ;
|
||||
int GetRange() const ;
|
||||
int GetValue() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {} ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_rangeMax;
|
||||
int m_gaugePos;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/gauge.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/gauge.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,48 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: gdiobj.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxGDIObject class: base class for other GDI classes
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "gdiobj.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIRefData: public wxObjectRefData {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxGDIRefData()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_GDIDATA ((wxGDIRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIObject: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGDIObject() : m_visible(FALSE) { }
|
||||
~wxGDIObject() { }
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsNull() const { return (m_refData == 0); }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool GetVisible() { return m_visible; }
|
||||
virtual void SetVisible(bool v) { m_visible = v; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool m_visible; // Can a pointer to this object be safely taken?
|
||||
// - only if created within FindOrCreate...
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,134 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: glcanvas.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL with wxWindows under Macintosh
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
# pragma interface "glcanvas.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/setup.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/palette.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/app.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __DARWIN__
|
||||
# include <OpenGL/gl.h>
|
||||
# include <AGL/agl.h>
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/glcanvas.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <gl.h>
|
||||
# include <agl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Constants for attriblist
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
WX_GL_RGBA=1, /* use true color palette */
|
||||
WX_GL_BUFFER_SIZE, /* bits for buffer if not WX_GL_RGBA */
|
||||
WX_GL_LEVEL, /* 0 for main buffer, >0 for overlay, <0 for underlay */
|
||||
WX_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, /* use doublebuffer */
|
||||
WX_GL_STEREO, /* use stereoscopic display */
|
||||
WX_GL_AUX_BUFFERS, /* number of auxiliary buffers */
|
||||
WX_GL_MIN_RED, /* use red buffer with most bits (> MIN_RED bits) */
|
||||
WX_GL_MIN_GREEN, /* use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_GREEN bits) */
|
||||
WX_GL_MIN_BLUE, /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_BLUE bits) */
|
||||
WX_GL_MIN_ALPHA, /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ALPHA bits) */
|
||||
WX_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, /* bits for Z-buffer (0,16,32) */
|
||||
WX_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, /* bits for stencil buffer */
|
||||
WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_RED, /* use red accum buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_RED bits) */
|
||||
WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_GREEN, /* use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_GREEN bits) */
|
||||
WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_BLUE, /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_BLUE bits) */
|
||||
WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA /* use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA bits) */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGLCanvas; /* forward reference */
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGLContext: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGLContext(AGLPixelFormat fmt, wxGLCanvas *win,
|
||||
const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette),
|
||||
const wxGLContext *other /* for sharing display lists */
|
||||
);
|
||||
~wxGLContext();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCurrent();
|
||||
void Update(); // must be called after window drag/grows/zoom or clut change
|
||||
void SetColour(const wxChar *colour);
|
||||
void SwapBuffers();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxWindow* GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
|
||||
inline AGLDrawable GetDrawable() const { return m_drawable; }
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
AGLContext m_glContext;
|
||||
AGLDrawable m_drawable;
|
||||
wxWindow* m_window;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxGLCanvas: public wxWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("GLCanvas") , int *attribList = 0, const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
|
||||
wxGLCanvas( wxWindow *parent, const wxGLContext *shared = (wxGLContext *)NULL,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxT("GLCanvas"),
|
||||
int *attribList = (int*) NULL, const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette );
|
||||
|
||||
wxGLCanvas( wxWindow *parent, const wxGLCanvas *shared = (wxGLCanvas *)NULL, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("GLCanvas"), int *attribList = 0, const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette );
|
||||
|
||||
~wxGLCanvas();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxGLContext *shared, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long style, const wxString& name,
|
||||
int *attribList, const wxPalette& palette);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCurrent();
|
||||
void SetColour(const wxChar *colour);
|
||||
void SwapBuffers();
|
||||
void UpdateContext();
|
||||
void SetViewport();
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Unlike some other platforms, this must get called if you override it.
|
||||
// It sets the viewport correctly and update the context.
|
||||
// You shouldn't call glViewport yourself either (use SetViewport if you must reset it.)
|
||||
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperShown( bool show ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void MacUpdateView() ;
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxGLContext* GetContext() const { return m_glContext; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxGLContext* m_glContext;
|
||||
bool m_macCanvasIsShown ;
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS
|
||||
#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/glcanvas.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,93 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Project: GSocket (Generic Socket) for WX
|
||||
* Name: gsockunx.h
|
||||
* Purpose: GSocket Macintosh header
|
||||
* CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __GSOCK_UNX_H
|
||||
#define __GSOCK_UNX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
|
||||
#include "wx/setup.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __GSOCKET_STANDALONE__
|
||||
#include "wx/gsocket.h"
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/gsockmac.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "gsocket.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef GSocket* GSocketPtr ;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definition of GSocket */
|
||||
struct _GSocket
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMacNotifierTableRef m_mac_events ;
|
||||
EndpointRef m_endpoint;
|
||||
GAddress *m_local;
|
||||
GAddress *m_peer;
|
||||
GSocketError m_error;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_non_blocking;
|
||||
int m_server;
|
||||
int m_stream;
|
||||
int m_oriented;
|
||||
unsigned long m_timeout;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callbacks */
|
||||
GSocketEventFlags m_detected;
|
||||
GSocketCallback m_cbacks[GSOCK_MAX_EVENT];
|
||||
char *m_data[GSOCK_MAX_EVENT];
|
||||
int m_takesEvents ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definition of GAddress */
|
||||
|
||||
struct _GAddress
|
||||
{
|
||||
UInt32 m_host ;
|
||||
UInt16 m_port ;
|
||||
GAddressType m_family;
|
||||
GSocketError m_error;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Input / Output */
|
||||
|
||||
GSocketError _GSocket_Input_Timeout(GSocket *socket);
|
||||
GSocketError _GSocket_Output_Timeout(GSocket *socket);
|
||||
int _GSocket_Recv_Stream(GSocket *socket, char *buffer, int size);
|
||||
int _GSocket_Recv_Dgram(GSocket *socket, char *buffer, int size);
|
||||
int _GSocket_Send_Stream(GSocket *socket, const char *buffer, int size);
|
||||
int _GSocket_Send_Dgram(GSocket *socket, const char *buffer, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Callbacks */
|
||||
|
||||
void _GSocket_Enable_Events(GSocket *socket);
|
||||
void _GSocket_Disable_Events(GSocket *socket);
|
||||
void _GSocket_Internal_Proc(unsigned long e , void* data ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
/* GAddress */
|
||||
|
||||
GSocketError _GAddress_translate_from(GAddress *address,
|
||||
InetAddress *addr );
|
||||
GSocketError _GAddress_translate_to(GAddress *address,
|
||||
InetAddress *addr);
|
||||
|
||||
GSocketError _GAddress_Init_INET(GAddress *address);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* wxUSE_SOCKETS || defined(__GSOCKET_STANDALONE__) */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __GSOCK_UNX_H */
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/gsockmac.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,53 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: helpxxxx.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Help system: native implementation for your system. Replace
|
||||
// XXXX with suitable name.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "helpxxxx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/wx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/helpbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxXXXXHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxXXXXHelpController)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXXXXHelpController();
|
||||
~wxXXXXHelpController();
|
||||
|
||||
// Must call this to set the filename and server name
|
||||
virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
|
||||
|
||||
// If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = "");
|
||||
virtual bool DisplayContents();
|
||||
virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
|
||||
virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
|
||||
virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
|
||||
wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Quit();
|
||||
virtual void OnQuit();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxString m_helpFile;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/helpxxxx.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/helpxxxx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,95 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: icon.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxIcon class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_ICON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "icon.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Icon
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon: public wxBitmap
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxIcon();
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructors
|
||||
wxIcon(const wxIcon& icon)
|
||||
: wxBitmap()
|
||||
{ Ref(icon); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxIcon(const char **data);
|
||||
wxIcon(char **data);
|
||||
wxIcon(const char bits[], int width , int height );
|
||||
wxIcon(const wxString& name, int flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE,
|
||||
int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
|
||||
wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LoadFile(loc.GetFileName(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON);
|
||||
}
|
||||
~wxIcon();
|
||||
|
||||
bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags /* = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE */ ,
|
||||
int desiredWidth /* = -1 */ , int desiredHeight = -1);
|
||||
bool LoadFile(const wxString& name ,wxBitmapType flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE )
|
||||
{ return LoadFile( name , flags , -1 , -1 ) ; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxIcon& operator=(const wxIcon& icon)
|
||||
{ if (this != &icon) Ref(icon); return *this; }
|
||||
bool operator==(const wxIcon& icon) const { return m_refData == icon.m_refData; }
|
||||
bool operator!=(const wxIcon& icon) const { return !(*this == icon); }
|
||||
|
||||
// create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome):
|
||||
// there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no
|
||||
// ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function
|
||||
void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxICONFileHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICONFileHandler)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxICONFileHandler()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_name = "ICO icon file";
|
||||
m_extension = "ico";
|
||||
m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
|
||||
int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
|
||||
};
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxICONResourceHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICONResourceHandler)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxICONResourceHandler()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_name = wxT("ICON resource");
|
||||
m_extension = wxEmptyString;
|
||||
m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
|
||||
int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_ICON_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/icon.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/icon.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,147 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: imaglist.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxImageList class. Note: if your GUI doesn't have
|
||||
// an image list equivalent, you can use the generic class
|
||||
// in src/generic.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "imaglist.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxImageList is used for wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl. These controls refer to
|
||||
* images for their items by an index into an image list.
|
||||
* A wxImageList is capable of creating images with optional masks from
|
||||
* a variety of sources - a single bitmap plus a colour to indicate the mask,
|
||||
* two bitmaps, or an icon.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Flags for Draw
|
||||
#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL 0x0001
|
||||
#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT 0x0002
|
||||
#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_SELECTED 0x0004
|
||||
#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_FOCUSED 0x0008
|
||||
|
||||
// Flag values for Set/GetImageList
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL, // Normal icons
|
||||
wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL, // Small icons
|
||||
wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE // State icons: unimplemented (see WIN32 documentation)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Eventually we'll make this a reference-counted wxGDIObject. For
|
||||
// now, the app must take care of ownership issues. That is, the
|
||||
// image lists must be explicitly deleted after the control(s) that uses them
|
||||
// is (are) deleted, or when the app exits.
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxImageList();
|
||||
|
||||
// Creates an image list.
|
||||
// Specify the width and height of the images in the list,
|
||||
// whether there are masks associated with them (e.g. if creating images
|
||||
// from icons), and the initial size of the list.
|
||||
inline wxImageList(int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(width, height, mask, initialCount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
~wxImageList();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Attributes
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the number of images in the image list.
|
||||
int GetImageCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetSize(int index, int&width, int &height) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Operations
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Creates an image list
|
||||
// width, height specify the size of the images in the list (all the same).
|
||||
// mask specifies whether the images have masks or not.
|
||||
// initialNumber is the initial number of images to reserve.
|
||||
bool Create(int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialNumber = 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Adds a bitmap, and optionally a mask bitmap.
|
||||
// Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
|
||||
// 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Add.
|
||||
int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// Adds a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
|
||||
// Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
|
||||
// 'bitmap' after calling Add.
|
||||
int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
|
||||
|
||||
// Adds a bitmap and mask from an icon.
|
||||
int Add(const wxIcon& icon);
|
||||
|
||||
// Replaces a bitmap, optionally passing a mask bitmap.
|
||||
// Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
|
||||
// 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Replace.
|
||||
bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Not supported by Win95
|
||||
// Replacing a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
|
||||
// Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
|
||||
// 'bitmap'.
|
||||
bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Replaces a bitmap and mask from an icon.
|
||||
// You can delete 'icon' after calling Replace.
|
||||
bool Replace(int index, const wxIcon& icon);
|
||||
|
||||
// Removes the image at the given index.
|
||||
bool Remove(int index);
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove all images
|
||||
bool RemoveAll();
|
||||
|
||||
// Draws the given image on a dc at the specified position.
|
||||
// If 'solidBackground' is TRUE, Draw sets the image list background
|
||||
// colour to the background colour of the wxDC, to speed up
|
||||
// drawing by eliminating masked drawing where possible.
|
||||
bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
|
||||
int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL, bool solidBackground = FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO (optional?)
|
||||
wxIcon *MakeIcon(int index);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the native image list handle
|
||||
inline WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
WXHIMAGELIST m_hImageList;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/imaglist.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/imaglist.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,93 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: joystick.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxJoystick class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "joystick.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxJoystick: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1) { m_joystick = joystick; };
|
||||
|
||||
// Attributes
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
wxPoint GetPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetZPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetButtonState() const;
|
||||
int GetPOVPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetPOVCTSPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetRudderPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetUPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetVPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetMovementThreshold() const;
|
||||
void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Capabilities
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning
|
||||
int GetNumberJoysticks() const ;
|
||||
int GetManufacturerId() const ;
|
||||
int GetProductId() const ;
|
||||
wxString GetProductName() const ;
|
||||
int GetXMin() const;
|
||||
int GetYMin() const;
|
||||
int GetZMin() const;
|
||||
int GetXMax() const;
|
||||
int GetYMax() const;
|
||||
int GetZMax() const;
|
||||
int GetNumberButtons() const;
|
||||
int GetNumberAxes() const;
|
||||
int GetMaxButtons() const;
|
||||
int GetMaxAxes() const;
|
||||
int GetPollingMin() const;
|
||||
int GetPollingMax() const;
|
||||
int GetRudderMin() const;
|
||||
int GetRudderMax() const;
|
||||
int GetUMin() const;
|
||||
int GetUMax() const;
|
||||
int GetVMin() const;
|
||||
int GetVMax() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool HasRudder() const;
|
||||
bool HasZ() const;
|
||||
bool HasU() const;
|
||||
bool HasV() const;
|
||||
bool HasPOV() const;
|
||||
bool HasPOV4Dir() const;
|
||||
bool HasPOVCTS() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Operations
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold.
|
||||
// If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds.
|
||||
bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0);
|
||||
bool ReleaseCapture();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_joystick;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/joystick.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/joystick.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,181 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: listbox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxListBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "listbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// simple types
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxOwnerDrawn;
|
||||
|
||||
// define the array of list box items
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxOwnerDrawn *, wxListBoxItemsArray);
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
|
||||
|
||||
// forward decl for GetSelections()
|
||||
class wxArrayInt;
|
||||
|
||||
// List box item
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char * , wxListDataArray ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// List box control
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors and such
|
||||
wxListBox();
|
||||
wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxListBox();
|
||||
virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBack = TRUE, const wxRect *rect = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
virtual void Delete(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetCount() const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(int n) const;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& s);
|
||||
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const;
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int n, bool select = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int DoAppend(const wxString& item);
|
||||
virtual void DoInsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, int pos);
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItems(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientData(int n, void* clientData);
|
||||
virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(int n) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientObject(int n, wxClientData* clientData);
|
||||
virtual wxClientData* DoGetItemClientObject(int n) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,int width, int height,int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// wxCheckListBox support
|
||||
#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
|
||||
// plug-in for derived classes
|
||||
virtual wxOwnerDrawn *CreateItem(size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
// allows to get the item and use SetXXX functions to set it's appearance
|
||||
wxOwnerDrawn *GetItem(size_t n) const { return m_aItems[n]; }
|
||||
|
||||
// get the index of the given item
|
||||
int GetItemIndex(wxOwnerDrawn *item) const { return m_aItems.Index(item); }
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Windows callbacks
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetupColours();
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
virtual bool MacCanFocus() const { return true ; }
|
||||
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void* m_macList ;
|
||||
wxArrayString m_stringArray ;
|
||||
wxListDataArray m_dataArray ;
|
||||
wxArrayInt m_selectionPreImage ;
|
||||
void MacSetRedraw( bool doDraw ) ;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void MacDestroy() ;
|
||||
void MacDelete( int n ) ;
|
||||
void MacInsert( int n , const wxString& item) ;
|
||||
void MacAppend( const wxString& item) ;
|
||||
void MacSet( int n , const wxString& item ) ;
|
||||
void MacClear() ;
|
||||
void MacSetSelection( int n , bool select ) ;
|
||||
int MacGetSelection() const ;
|
||||
int MacGetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const ;
|
||||
bool MacIsSelected( int n ) const ;
|
||||
void MacScrollTo( int n ) ;
|
||||
void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &size ) ;
|
||||
void MacDoClick() ;
|
||||
void MacDoDoubleClick() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// do we have multiple selections?
|
||||
bool HasMultipleSelection() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// free memory (common part of Clear() and dtor)
|
||||
// prevent collision with some BSD definitions of macro Free()
|
||||
void FreeData();
|
||||
|
||||
int m_noItems;
|
||||
int m_selected;
|
||||
wxString m_typeIn ;
|
||||
long m_lastTypeIn ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
|
||||
// control items
|
||||
wxListBoxItemsArray m_aItems;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_LISTBOX_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/listbox.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/listbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,451 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: listctrl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxListCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "listctrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/imaglist.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
The wxListCtrl can show lists of items in four different modes:
|
||||
wxLC_LIST: multicolumn list view, with optional small icons (icons could be
|
||||
optional for some platforms). Columns are computed automatically,
|
||||
i.e. you don't set columns as in wxLC_REPORT. In other words,
|
||||
the list wraps, unlike a wxListBox.
|
||||
wxLC_REPORT: single or multicolumn report view (with optional header)
|
||||
wxLC_ICON: large icon view, with optional labels
|
||||
wxLC_SMALL_ICON: small icon view, with optional labels
|
||||
|
||||
You can change the style dynamically, either with SetSingleStyle or
|
||||
SetWindowStyleFlag.
|
||||
|
||||
Further window styles:
|
||||
|
||||
wxLC_ALIGN_TOP icons align to the top (default)
|
||||
wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT icons align to the left
|
||||
wxLC_AUTOARRANGE icons arrange themselves
|
||||
wxLC_USER_TEXT the app provides label text on demand, except for column headers
|
||||
wxLC_EDIT_LABELS labels are editable: app will be notified.
|
||||
wxLC_NO_HEADER no header in report mode
|
||||
wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER can't click on header
|
||||
wxLC_SINGLE_SEL single selection
|
||||
wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING sort ascending (must still supply a comparison callback in SortItems)
|
||||
wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING sort descending (ditto)
|
||||
|
||||
Items are referred to by their index (position in the list starting from zero).
|
||||
|
||||
Label text is supplied via insertion/setting functions and is stored by the
|
||||
control, unless the wxLC_USER_TEXT style has been specified, in which case
|
||||
the app will be notified when text is required (see sample).
|
||||
|
||||
Images are dealt with by (optionally) associating 3 image lists with the control.
|
||||
Zero-based indexes into these image lists indicate which image is to be used for
|
||||
which item. Each image in an image list can contain a mask, and can be made out
|
||||
of either a bitmap, two bitmaps or an icon. See ImagList.h for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Notifications are passed via the wxWindows 2.0 event system.
|
||||
|
||||
See the sample wxListCtrl app for API usage.
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Mask flags to tell app/GUI what fields of wxListItem are valid
|
||||
#define wxLIST_MASK_STATE 0x0001
|
||||
#define wxLIST_MASK_TEXT 0x0002
|
||||
#define wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE 0x0004
|
||||
#define wxLIST_MASK_DATA 0x0008
|
||||
#define wxLIST_SET_ITEM 0x0010
|
||||
#define wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH 0x0020
|
||||
#define wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT 0x0040
|
||||
|
||||
// State flags for indicating the state of an item
|
||||
#define wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE 0x0000
|
||||
#define wxLIST_STATE_DROPHILITED 0x0001
|
||||
#define wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED 0x0002
|
||||
#define wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED 0x0004
|
||||
#define wxLIST_STATE_CUT 0x0008
|
||||
|
||||
// Hit test flags, used in HitTest
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ABOVE 0x0001 // Above the client area.
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_BELOW 0x0002 // Below the client area.
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_NOWHERE 0x0004 // In the client area but below the last item.
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON 0x0020 // On the bitmap associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL 0x0080 // On the label (string) associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0100 // In the area to the right of an item.
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0200 // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TOLEFT 0x0400 // To the left of the client area.
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TORIGHT 0x0800 // To the right of the client area.
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
|
||||
|
||||
// Flags for GetNextItem
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxLIST_NEXT_ABOVE, // Searches for an item above the specified item
|
||||
wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, // Searches for subsequent item by index
|
||||
wxLIST_NEXT_BELOW, // Searches for an item below the specified item
|
||||
wxLIST_NEXT_LEFT, // Searches for an item to the left of the specified item
|
||||
wxLIST_NEXT_RIGHT, // Searches for an item to the right of the specified item
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Alignment flags for Arrange
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT,
|
||||
wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT,
|
||||
wxLIST_ALIGN_TOP,
|
||||
wxLIST_ALIGN_SNAP_TO_GRID
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Column format
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
|
||||
wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT,
|
||||
wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE,
|
||||
wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Autosize values for SetColumnWidth
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxLIST_AUTOSIZE = -1,
|
||||
wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER = -2
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Flag values for GetItemRect
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS,
|
||||
wxLIST_RECT_ICON,
|
||||
wxLIST_RECT_LABEL
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Flag values for FindItem
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxLIST_FIND_UP,
|
||||
wxLIST_FIND_DOWN,
|
||||
wxLIST_FIND_LEFT,
|
||||
wxLIST_FIND_RIGHT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// wxListItem: data representing an item, or report field.
|
||||
// It also doubles up to represent entire column information
|
||||
// when inserting or setting a column.
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxListItem: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListItem)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
long m_mask; // Indicates what fields are valid
|
||||
long m_itemId; // The zero-based item position
|
||||
int m_col; // Zero-based column, if in report mode
|
||||
long m_state; // The state of the item
|
||||
long m_stateMask; // Which flags of m_state are valid (uses same flags)
|
||||
wxString m_text; // The label/header text
|
||||
int m_image; // The zero-based index into an image list
|
||||
long m_data; // App-defined data
|
||||
|
||||
// For columns only
|
||||
int m_format; // left, right, centre
|
||||
int m_width; // width of column
|
||||
|
||||
wxListItem();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// type of compare function for wxListCtrl sort operation
|
||||
typedef int (*wxListCtrlCompare)(long item1, long item2, long sortData);
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxListCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLC_ICON, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = "listCtrl")
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
~wxListCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLC_ICON, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = "wxListCtrl");
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Attributes
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets information about this column
|
||||
bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets information about this column
|
||||
bool SetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the column width
|
||||
int GetColumnWidth(int col) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the column width
|
||||
bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the
|
||||
// visible area of the list control (list or report view)
|
||||
// or the total number of items in the list control (icon
|
||||
// or small icon view)
|
||||
int GetCountPerPage() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the edit control for editing labels.
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets information about the item
|
||||
bool GetItem(wxListItem& info) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets information about the item
|
||||
bool SetItem(wxListItem& info) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets a string field at a particular column
|
||||
long SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item state
|
||||
int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item state
|
||||
bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item image
|
||||
bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item text
|
||||
wxString GetItemText(long item) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item text
|
||||
void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item data
|
||||
long GetItemData(long item) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item data
|
||||
bool SetItemData(long item, long data) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item rectangle
|
||||
bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item position
|
||||
bool GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item position
|
||||
bool SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the number of items in the list control
|
||||
int GetItemCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the number of columns in the list control
|
||||
int GetColumnCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Retrieves the spacing between icons in pixels.
|
||||
// If small is TRUE, gets the spacing for the small icon
|
||||
// view, otherwise the large icon view.
|
||||
int GetItemSpacing(bool isSmall) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the number of selected items in the list control
|
||||
int GetSelectedItemCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the text colour of the listview
|
||||
wxColour GetTextColour() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the text colour of the listview
|
||||
void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in
|
||||
// list or report view
|
||||
long GetTopItem() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Add or remove a single window style
|
||||
void SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add = TRUE) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the whole window style
|
||||
void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Searches for an item, starting from 'item'.
|
||||
// item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the
|
||||
// specified flags.
|
||||
// Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful.
|
||||
long GetNextItem(long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation: converts wxWindows style to MSW style.
|
||||
// Can be a single style flag or a bit list.
|
||||
// oldStyle is 'normalised' so that it doesn't contain
|
||||
// conflicting styles.
|
||||
long ConvertToMSWStyle(long& oldStyle, long style) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets one of the three image lists
|
||||
wxImageList *GetImageList(int which) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the image list
|
||||
// N.B. There's a quirk in the Win95 list view implementation.
|
||||
// If in wxLC_LIST mode, it'll *still* display images by the labels if
|
||||
// there's a small-icon image list set for the control - even though you
|
||||
// haven't specified wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE when inserting.
|
||||
// So you have to set a NULL small-icon image list to be sure that
|
||||
// the wxLC_LIST mode works without icons. Of course, you may want icons...
|
||||
void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Operations
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Arranges the items
|
||||
bool Arrange(int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT);
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes an item
|
||||
bool DeleteItem(long item);
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes all items
|
||||
bool DeleteAllItems() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes a column
|
||||
bool DeleteColumn(int col);
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes all columns
|
||||
bool DeleteAllColumns();
|
||||
|
||||
// Clears items, and columns if there are any.
|
||||
void ClearAll();
|
||||
|
||||
// Edit the label
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
|
||||
|
||||
// End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
|
||||
bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensures this item is visible
|
||||
bool EnsureVisible(long item) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start'
|
||||
// or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
|
||||
long FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start'
|
||||
// or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
|
||||
long FindItem(long start, long data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from
|
||||
// the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
|
||||
long FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction);
|
||||
|
||||
// Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point,
|
||||
// giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above)
|
||||
long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
|
||||
|
||||
// Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful,
|
||||
// -1 otherwise.
|
||||
// TOD: Should also have some further convenience functions
|
||||
// which don't require setting a wxListItem object
|
||||
long InsertItem(wxListItem& info);
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert a string item
|
||||
long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label);
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert an image item
|
||||
long InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert an image/string item
|
||||
long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
// For list view mode (only), inserts a column.
|
||||
long InsertColumn(long col, wxListItem& info);
|
||||
|
||||
long InsertColumn(long col, const wxString& heading, int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
|
||||
int width = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode,
|
||||
// x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x
|
||||
// specifies the number of columns to scroll.
|
||||
// If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels
|
||||
// to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll.
|
||||
bool ScrollList(int dx, int dy);
|
||||
|
||||
// Sort items.
|
||||
|
||||
// fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data.
|
||||
// item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index).
|
||||
// item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index).
|
||||
// data is the same value as passed to SortItems.
|
||||
// The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second
|
||||
// item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first,
|
||||
// or zero if the two items are equivalent.
|
||||
|
||||
// data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function.
|
||||
bool SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Why should we need this function? Leave for now.
|
||||
* We might need it because item data may have changed,
|
||||
* but the display needs refreshing (in string callback mode)
|
||||
// Updates an item. If the list control has the wxLI_AUTO_ARRANGE style,
|
||||
// the items will be rearranged.
|
||||
bool Update(long item);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl; // The control used for editing a label
|
||||
wxImageList * m_imageListNormal; // The image list for normal icons
|
||||
wxImageList * m_imageListSmall; // The image list for small icons
|
||||
wxImageList * m_imageListState; // The image list state icons (not implemented yet)
|
||||
|
||||
long m_baseStyle; // Basic Windows style flags, for recreation purposes
|
||||
wxStringList m_stringPool; // Pool of 3 strings to satisfy Windows callback
|
||||
// requirements
|
||||
int m_colCount; // Windows doesn't have GetColumnCount so must
|
||||
// keep track of inserted/deleted columns
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxListEvent: public wxCommandEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListEvent)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxListEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int m_code;
|
||||
long m_itemIndex;
|
||||
long m_oldItemIndex;
|
||||
int m_col;
|
||||
bool m_cancelled;
|
||||
wxPoint m_pointDrag;
|
||||
|
||||
wxListItem m_item;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxListEventFunction)(wxListEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_GET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_GET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_SET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_SET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_KEY_DOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_INSERT_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_INSERT_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/listctrl.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/listctrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,33 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Project: Mac Notifier Support
|
||||
* Name: macnotfy.h
|
||||
* Author: Stefan CSomor
|
||||
* Purpose: Mac Notifier include file
|
||||
* CVSID: $Id$
|
||||
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MAC_NOTIFYERS
|
||||
#define MAC_NOTIFYERS
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (*wxMacNotificationProcPtr)(unsigned long event , void* data ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void *wxMacNotifierTableRef ;
|
||||
void wxMacCreateNotifierTable() ;
|
||||
void wxMacDestroyNotifierTable() ;
|
||||
wxMacNotifierTableRef wxMacGetNotifierTable() ;
|
||||
void wxMacAddEvent( wxMacNotifierTableRef table , wxMacNotificationProcPtr handler , unsigned long event , void* data , short wakeUp ) ;
|
||||
void wxMacWakeUp() ;
|
||||
void wxMacProcessNotifierEvents() ;
|
||||
void wxMacProcessNotifierAndPendingEvents() ;
|
||||
void wxMacRemoveAllNotifiersForData( wxMacNotifierTableRef table , void* data ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __cplusplus */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MAC_NOTIFYERS */
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/macnotfy.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/macnotfy.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,180 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mdi.h
|
||||
// Purpose: MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes.
|
||||
// This doesn't have to be implemented just like Windows,
|
||||
// it could be a tabbed design as in wxGTK.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MDI_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "mdi.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/frame.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxFrameNameStr;
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStatusLineNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIParentFrame: public wxFrame
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIParentFrame();
|
||||
inline wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, // Scrolling refers to client window
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~wxMDIParentFrame();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac OS activate event
|
||||
virtual void MacActivate(long timestamp, bool activating);
|
||||
|
||||
// wxWindows activate event
|
||||
void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the active MDI child window (Windows only)
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the client window
|
||||
inline wxMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const { return m_clientWindow; };
|
||||
|
||||
// Create the client window class (don't Create the window,
|
||||
// just return a new class)
|
||||
virtual wxMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// MDI operations
|
||||
virtual void Cascade();
|
||||
virtual void Tile();
|
||||
virtual void ArrangeIcons();
|
||||
virtual void ActivateNext();
|
||||
virtual void ActivatePrevious();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO maybe have this member
|
||||
wxMDIClientWindow *m_clientWindow;
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame * m_currentChild;
|
||||
wxMenu* m_windowMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
// TRUE if MDI Frame is intercepting commands, not child
|
||||
bool m_parentFrameActive;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame;
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame: public wxFrame
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame();
|
||||
inline wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init() ;
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~wxMDIChildFrame();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac OS activate event
|
||||
virtual void MacActivate(long timestamp, bool activating);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set menu bar
|
||||
void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar);
|
||||
|
||||
// MDI operations
|
||||
virtual void Maximize();
|
||||
virtual void Maximize( bool ){ Maximize() ; } // this one is inherited from wxFrame
|
||||
virtual void Restore();
|
||||
virtual void Activate();
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The client window is a child of the parent MDI frame, and itself
|
||||
* contains the child MDI frames.
|
||||
* However, you create the MDI children as children of the MDI parent:
|
||||
* only in the implementation does the client window become the parent
|
||||
* of the children. Phew! So the children are sort of 'adopted'...
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow: public wxWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIClientWindow() ;
|
||||
inline wxMDIClientWindow(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CreateClient(parent, style);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~wxMDIClientWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
// Note: this is virtual, to allow overridden behaviour.
|
||||
virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the size available for subwindows after menu size, toolbar size
|
||||
// and status bar size have been subtracted. If you want to manage your own
|
||||
// toolbar(s), don't call SetToolBar.
|
||||
void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Explicitly call default scroll behaviour
|
||||
void OnScroll(wxScrollEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_MDI_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/mdi.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/mdi.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,169 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: menu.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMenu, wxMenuBar classes
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MENU_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "menu.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Menu
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu : public wxMenuBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors & dtor
|
||||
wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0)
|
||||
: wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMenu();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
|
||||
virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
|
||||
virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
|
||||
virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Break();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
|
||||
|
||||
// MSW-specific
|
||||
bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
int MacGetIndexFromId( int id ) ;
|
||||
int MacGetIndexFromItem( wxMenuItem *pItem ) ;
|
||||
void MacEnableMenu( bool bDoEnable ) ;
|
||||
// MacOS needs to know about submenus somewhere within this menu
|
||||
// before it can be displayed , also hide special menu items like preferences
|
||||
// that are handled by the OS
|
||||
void MacBeforeDisplay( bool isSubMenu ) ;
|
||||
// undo all changes from the MacBeforeDisplay call
|
||||
void MacAfterDisplay( bool isSubMenu ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// semi-private accessors
|
||||
// get the window which contains this menu
|
||||
wxWindow *GetWindow() const;
|
||||
// get the menu handle
|
||||
WXHMENU GetHMenu() const { return m_hMenu; }
|
||||
|
||||
short MacGetMenuId() { return m_macMenuId ; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// common part of Append/Insert (behaves as Append is pos == (size_t)-1)
|
||||
bool DoInsertOrAppend(wxMenuItem *item, size_t pos = (size_t)-1);
|
||||
|
||||
// terminate the current radio group, if any
|
||||
void EndRadioGroup();
|
||||
|
||||
// if TRUE, insert a breal before appending the next item
|
||||
bool m_doBreak;
|
||||
|
||||
// the position of the first item in the current radio group or -1
|
||||
int m_startRadioGroup;
|
||||
|
||||
// the menu handle of this menu
|
||||
WXHMENU m_hMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
short m_macMenuId;
|
||||
|
||||
static short s_macNextMenuId ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Menu Bar (a la Windows)
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors & dtor
|
||||
// default constructor
|
||||
wxMenuBar();
|
||||
// unused under MSW
|
||||
wxMenuBar(long style);
|
||||
// menubar takes ownership of the menus arrays but copies the titles
|
||||
wxMenuBar(int n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[]);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMenuBar();
|
||||
|
||||
// menubar construction
|
||||
virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title );
|
||||
virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
|
||||
virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
|
||||
virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menuString,
|
||||
const wxString& itemString) const;
|
||||
virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem( int id, wxMenu **menu = NULL ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag );
|
||||
virtual void SetLabelTop( size_t pos, const wxString& label );
|
||||
virtual wxString GetLabelTop( size_t pos ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
WXHMENU Create();
|
||||
int FindMenu(const wxString& title);
|
||||
void Detach();
|
||||
|
||||
// returns TRUE if we're attached to a frame
|
||||
bool IsAttached() const { return m_menuBarFrame != NULL; }
|
||||
// get the frame we live in
|
||||
wxFrame *GetFrame() const { return m_menuBarFrame; }
|
||||
// attach to a frame
|
||||
void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
// clear the invoking window for all menus and submenus
|
||||
void UnsetInvokingWindow() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// set the invoking window for all menus and submenus
|
||||
void SetInvokingWindow( wxFrame* frame ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// if the menubar is modified, the display is not updated automatically,
|
||||
// call this function to update it (m_menuBarFrame should be !NULL)
|
||||
void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = TRUE, const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
void MacInstallMenuBar() ;
|
||||
static wxMenuBar* MacGetInstalledMenuBar() { return s_macInstalledMenuBar ; }
|
||||
static void MacSetCommonMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menubar) { s_macCommonMenuBar=menubar; }
|
||||
static wxMenuBar* MacGetCommonMenuBar() { return s_macCommonMenuBar; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
wxWindow *m_invokingWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
wxArrayString m_titles;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
static wxMenuBar* s_macInstalledMenuBar ;
|
||||
static wxMenuBar* s_macCommonMenuBar ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MENU_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/menu.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/menu.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,81 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: menuitem.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMenuItem class
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 11.11.97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MENUITEM_H
|
||||
#define _MENUITEM_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "menuitem.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// headers
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/setup.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMenuItem: an item in the menu, optionally implements owner-drawn behaviour
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem: public wxMenuItemBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctor & dtor
|
||||
wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
|
||||
int id = wxID_SEPARATOR,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
|
||||
wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMenuItem();
|
||||
|
||||
// override base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual void SetText(const wxString& strName);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Enable(bool bDoEnable = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual void Check(bool bDoCheck = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) ;
|
||||
virtual const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
|
||||
|
||||
// update the os specific representation
|
||||
void UpdateItemBitmap() ;
|
||||
void UpdateItemText() ;
|
||||
void UpdateItemStatus() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// mark item as belonging to the given radio group
|
||||
void SetAsRadioGroupStart();
|
||||
void SetRadioGroupStart(int start);
|
||||
void SetRadioGroupEnd(int end);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void UncheckRadio() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// the positions of the first and last items of the radio group this item
|
||||
// belongs to or -1: start is the radio group start and is valid for all
|
||||
// but first radio group items (m_isRadioGroupStart == FALSE), end is valid
|
||||
// only for the first one
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
int start;
|
||||
int end;
|
||||
} m_radioGroup;
|
||||
|
||||
// does this item start a radio group?
|
||||
bool m_isRadioGroupStart;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap m_bitmap; // Bitmap for menuitem, if any
|
||||
void* m_menu ; // the appropriate menu , may also be a system menu
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //_MENUITEM_H
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/menuitem.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/menuitem.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,166 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: metafile.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC classes.
|
||||
// This probably should be restricted to Windows platforms,
|
||||
// but if there is an equivalent on your platform, great.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_METAFIILE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_METAFIILE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_METAFILE
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
|
||||
#include "wx/dataobj.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Metafile and metafile device context classes
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxMetaFile wxMetafile
|
||||
#define wxMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileRefData: public wxGDIRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMetafileRefData(void);
|
||||
~wxMetafileRefData(void);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
WXHMETAFILE m_metafile;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_METAFILEDATA ((wxMetafileRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafile: public wxGDIObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafile)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Copy constructor
|
||||
wxMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile)
|
||||
: wxGDIObject()
|
||||
{ Ref(metafile); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxMetafile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
~wxMetafile(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// After this is called, the metafile cannot be used for anything
|
||||
// since it is now owned by the clipboard.
|
||||
virtual bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Play(wxDC *dc);
|
||||
inline bool Ok(void) const { return (M_METAFILEDATA && (M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile != 0)); };
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize GetSize() const;
|
||||
int GetWidth() const { return GetSize().x; }
|
||||
int GetHeight() const { return GetSize().y; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
inline WXHMETAFILE GetHMETAFILE() const { return M_METAFILEDATA->m_metafile; }
|
||||
void SetHMETAFILE(WXHMETAFILE mf) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Operators
|
||||
inline wxMetafile& operator = (const wxMetafile& metafile) { if (*this == metafile) return (*this); Ref(metafile); return *this; }
|
||||
inline bool operator == (const wxMetafile& metafile) { return m_refData == metafile.m_refData; }
|
||||
inline bool operator != (const wxMetafile& metafile) { return m_refData != metafile.m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileDC: public wxDC
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafileDC)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// the ctor parameters specify the filename (empty for memory metafiles),
|
||||
// the metafile picture size and the optional description/comment
|
||||
wxMetafileDC(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
int width = 0, int height = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& description = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
|
||||
~wxMetafileDC(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// Should be called at end of drawing
|
||||
virtual wxMetafile *Close(void);
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
inline wxMetafile *GetMetaFile(void) const { return m_metaFile; }
|
||||
inline void SetMetaFile(wxMetafile *mf) { m_metaFile = mf; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxMetafile* m_metaFile;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box.
|
||||
* Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic,
|
||||
* and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the wxMM_TEXT mapping mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// No origin or extent
|
||||
#define wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable wxMakeMetafilePlaceable
|
||||
bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetafilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale = 1.0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional origin and extent
|
||||
bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale = 1.0, bool useOriginAndExtent = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMetafileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for metafile data
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetafileDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
wxMetafileDataObject()
|
||||
: wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE) { };
|
||||
wxMetafileDataObject(const wxMetafile& metafile)
|
||||
: wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { }
|
||||
|
||||
// virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
|
||||
// demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
|
||||
virtual void SetMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile)
|
||||
{ m_metafile = metafile; }
|
||||
virtual wxMetafile GetMetafile() const
|
||||
{ return m_metafile; }
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
|
||||
{ return GetDataSize(); }
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
|
||||
void *buf) const
|
||||
{ return GetDataHere(buf); }
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
|
||||
size_t len, const void *buf)
|
||||
{ return SetData(len, buf); }
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxMetafile m_metafile;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_METAFILE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_METAFIILE_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/metafile.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/metafile.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,122 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/mimetype.h
|
||||
// Purpose: classes and functions to manage MIME types
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 23.09.98
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library)
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
|
||||
#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "mimetype.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mimetype.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public :
|
||||
wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { }
|
||||
#ifdef __DARWIN__
|
||||
~wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// load all data into memory - done when it is needed for the first time
|
||||
void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_STANDARD,
|
||||
const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
|
||||
// and delete the data here
|
||||
void ClearData();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement containing class functions
|
||||
wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
|
||||
wxFileType *GetOrAllocateFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext) ;
|
||||
wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
|
||||
|
||||
size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
|
||||
|
||||
// this are NOPs under MacOS
|
||||
bool ReadMailcap(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename), bool WXUNUSED(fallback) = TRUE) { return TRUE; }
|
||||
bool ReadMimeTypes(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename)) { return TRUE; }
|
||||
|
||||
void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& ft) { m_fallbacks.Add(ft); }
|
||||
|
||||
// create a new filetype association
|
||||
wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
|
||||
// remove association
|
||||
bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft);
|
||||
|
||||
// create a new filetype with the given name and extension
|
||||
wxFileType *CreateFileType(const wxString& filetype, const wxString& ext);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxArrayFileTypeInfo m_fallbacks;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class wxFileTypeImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// initialization functions
|
||||
// this is used to construct a list of mimetypes which match;
|
||||
// if built with GetFileTypeFromMimetype index 0 has the exact match and
|
||||
// index 1 the type / * match
|
||||
// if built with GetFileTypeFromExtension, index 0 has the mimetype for
|
||||
// the first extension found, index 1 for the second and so on
|
||||
|
||||
void Init(wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *manager, size_t index)
|
||||
{ m_manager = manager; m_index.Add(index); }
|
||||
|
||||
// initialize us with our file type name
|
||||
void SetFileType(const wxString& strFileType)
|
||||
{ m_strFileType = strFileType; }
|
||||
void SetExt(const wxString& ext)
|
||||
{ m_ext = ext; }
|
||||
|
||||
// implement accessor functions
|
||||
bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
|
||||
bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const;
|
||||
bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
|
||||
bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const;
|
||||
bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const;
|
||||
bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
|
||||
const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const
|
||||
{ return GetCommand(openCmd, "open"); }
|
||||
bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
|
||||
const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const
|
||||
{ return GetCommand(printCmd, "print"); }
|
||||
|
||||
size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString * verbs, wxArrayString * commands,
|
||||
const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// remove the record for this file type
|
||||
// probably a mistake to come here, use wxMimeTypesManager.Unassociate (ft) instead
|
||||
bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_manager->Unassociate(ft);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
|
||||
// overwriteprompt is TRUE
|
||||
bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = TRUE);
|
||||
bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// helper function
|
||||
bool GetCommand(wxString *command, const char *verb) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_manager;
|
||||
wxArrayInt m_index; // in the wxMimeTypesManagerImpl arrays
|
||||
wxString m_strFileType, m_ext;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//_MIMETYPE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* vi: set cin tw=80 ts=4 sw=4: */
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/mimetype.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/mimetype.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,46 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: minifram.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMiniFrame class. A small frame for e.g. floating toolbars.
|
||||
// If there is no equivalent on your platform, just make it a
|
||||
// normal frame.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "minifram.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/frame.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMiniFrame: public wxFrame {
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMiniFrame)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxMiniFrame() {}
|
||||
inline wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE|wxTINY_CAPTION_HORIZ,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use wxFrame constructor in absence of more specific code.
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style | wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT , name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~wxMiniFrame() {}
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/minifram.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/minifram.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,55 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: msgdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMessageDialog class. Use generic version if no
|
||||
// platform-specific implementation.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "msgdlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/setup.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Message box dialog
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxString m_caption;
|
||||
wxString m_message;
|
||||
long m_dialogStyle;
|
||||
wxWindow * m_parent;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
|
||||
long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
// not supported for message dialog, RR
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/msgdlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/msgdlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,157 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: notebook.h
|
||||
// Purpose: MSW/GTK compatible notebook (a.k.a. property sheet)
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "notebook.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// headers
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// types
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// fwd declarations
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxNotebook
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// @@@ this class should really derive from wxTabCtrl, but the interface is not
|
||||
// exactly the same, so I can't do it right now and instead we reimplement
|
||||
// part of wxTabCtrl here
|
||||
class wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
// -----
|
||||
// default for dynamic class
|
||||
wxNotebook();
|
||||
// the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?)
|
||||
wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("notebook"));
|
||||
// Create() function
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("notebook"));
|
||||
// dtor
|
||||
~wxNotebook();
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
// ---------
|
||||
// set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
|
||||
// selected one (or -1 on error)
|
||||
// NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
|
||||
int SetSelection(size_t nPage);
|
||||
// get the currently selected page
|
||||
int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
|
||||
|
||||
// set/get the title of a page
|
||||
bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText);
|
||||
wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
|
||||
int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const;
|
||||
bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage);
|
||||
|
||||
// control the appearance of the notebook pages
|
||||
// set the size (the same for all pages)
|
||||
virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
|
||||
// set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
|
||||
virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
|
||||
// sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size)
|
||||
virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz);
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate size for wxNotebookSizer
|
||||
wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
|
||||
wxRect GetPageRect() const ;
|
||||
/*
|
||||
// get number of pages in the dialog
|
||||
int GetPageCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// cycle thru the tabs
|
||||
void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// currently it's always 1 because wxGTK doesn't support multi-row
|
||||
// tab controls
|
||||
int GetRowCount() const;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
// ----------
|
||||
// remove all pages
|
||||
bool DeleteAllPages();
|
||||
// the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position
|
||||
bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
|
||||
wxNotebookPage *pPage,
|
||||
const wxString& strText,
|
||||
bool bSelect = FALSE,
|
||||
int imageId = -1);
|
||||
/*
|
||||
// get the panel which represents the given page
|
||||
wxNotebookPage *GetPage(int nPage) { return m_aPages[nPage]; }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// callbacks
|
||||
// ---------
|
||||
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent &event);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
|
||||
virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// base class virtuals
|
||||
// -------------------
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t page) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// helper functions
|
||||
void ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel); // change pages
|
||||
void MacSetupTabs();
|
||||
|
||||
// the icon indices
|
||||
wxArrayInt m_images;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_nSelection; // the current selection (-1 if none)
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/notebook.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/notebook.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,68 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: palette.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxPalette class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PALETTE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "palette.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/colour.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaletteRefData: public wxGDIRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaletteRefData)
|
||||
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPaletteRefData();
|
||||
~wxPaletteRefData();
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxColour* m_palette;
|
||||
wxInt32 m_count ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette: public wxGDIObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPalette();
|
||||
wxPalette(const wxPalette& palette)
|
||||
: wxGDIObject()
|
||||
{ Ref(palette); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
|
||||
~wxPalette();
|
||||
bool Create(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
|
||||
int GetPixel(const unsigned char red, const unsigned char green, const unsigned char blue) const;
|
||||
bool GetRGB(int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxPalette& operator = (const wxPalette& palette) { if (*this == palette) return (*this); Ref(palette); return *this; }
|
||||
inline bool operator == (const wxPalette& palette) { return m_refData == palette.m_refData; }
|
||||
inline bool operator != (const wxPalette& palette) { return m_refData != palette.m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO: implementation
|
||||
inline WXHPALETTE GetHPALETTE() const { return (M_PALETTEDATA ? M_PALETTEDATA->m_hPalette : 0); }
|
||||
void SetHPALETTE(WXHPALETTE pal);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_PALETTE_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/palette.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/palette.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,103 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/pen.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxPen class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PEN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "pen.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/colour.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPenRefData: public wxGDIRefData
|
||||
{
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPenRefData();
|
||||
wxPenRefData(const wxPenRefData& data);
|
||||
~wxPenRefData();
|
||||
|
||||
wxPenRefData& operator=(const wxPenRefData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_width;
|
||||
int m_style;
|
||||
int m_join ;
|
||||
int m_cap ;
|
||||
wxBitmap m_stipple ;
|
||||
int m_nbDash ;
|
||||
wxDash * m_dash ;
|
||||
wxColour m_colour;
|
||||
/* TODO: implementation
|
||||
WXHPEN m_hPen;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_PENDATA ((wxPenRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
// Pen
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen: public wxGDIObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPen();
|
||||
wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width = 1, int style = wxSOLID);
|
||||
wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int width);
|
||||
wxPen(const wxPen& pen)
|
||||
: wxGDIObject()
|
||||
{ Ref(pen); }
|
||||
~wxPen();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxPen& operator = (const wxPen& pen) { if (*this == pen) return (*this); Ref(pen); return *this; }
|
||||
inline bool operator == (const wxPen& pen) { return m_refData == pen.m_refData; }
|
||||
inline bool operator != (const wxPen& pen) { return m_refData != pen.m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Override in order to recreate the pen
|
||||
void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ;
|
||||
void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetWidth(int width) ;
|
||||
void SetStyle(int style) ;
|
||||
void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) ;
|
||||
void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash) ;
|
||||
void SetJoin(int join) ;
|
||||
void SetCap(int cap) ;
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxColour& GetColour() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_colour : wxNullColour); };
|
||||
inline int GetWidth() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_width : 0); };
|
||||
inline int GetStyle() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_style : 0); };
|
||||
inline int GetJoin() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_join : 0); };
|
||||
inline int GetCap() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_cap : 0); };
|
||||
inline int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const {
|
||||
*ptr = (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_dash : (wxDash*) NULL); return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_nbDash : 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxBitmap *GetStipple() const { return (M_PENDATA ? (& M_PENDATA->m_stipple) : (wxBitmap*) NULL); };
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
|
||||
// Useful helper: create the brush resource
|
||||
bool RealizeResource();
|
||||
|
||||
// When setting properties, we must make sure we're not changing
|
||||
// another object
|
||||
void Unshare();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_PEN_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/pen.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/pen.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,37 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: pnghand.h
|
||||
// Purpose: PNG bitmap handler
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 04/01/98
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "pnghand.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PNGHAND_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PNGHAND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPNGFileHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNGFileHandler)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxPNGFileHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_name = wxT("PNG bitmap file");
|
||||
m_extension = wxT("bmp");
|
||||
m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
|
||||
int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
|
||||
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_PNGHAND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/pnghand.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/pnghand.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,290 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* File: pngread.h
|
||||
* Purpose: PNG file reader
|
||||
* Author: Alejandro Aguilar Sierra/Julian Smart
|
||||
* Created: 1995
|
||||
* Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra <asierra@servidor.unam.mx>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PNGREAD__
|
||||
#define _WX_PNGREAD__
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "pngread.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef byte
|
||||
typedef unsigned char byte;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define WXIMA_COLORS DIB_PAL_COLORS
|
||||
|
||||
typedef byte * ImagePointerType;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
byte red;
|
||||
byte green;
|
||||
byte blue;
|
||||
} rgb_color_struct;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define COLORTYPE_PALETTE 1
|
||||
#define COLORTYPE_COLOR 2
|
||||
#define COLORTYPE_ALPHA 4
|
||||
|
||||
class wxPNGReader
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int filetype;
|
||||
char filename[255];
|
||||
ImagePointerType RawImage; // Image data
|
||||
|
||||
int Width, Height; // Dimensions
|
||||
int Depth; // (bits x pixel)
|
||||
int ColorType; // Bit 1 = Palette used
|
||||
// Bit 2 = Color used
|
||||
// Bit 3 = Alpha used
|
||||
|
||||
long EfeWidth; // Efective Width
|
||||
|
||||
void *lpbi;
|
||||
int bgindex;
|
||||
wxPalette* m_palette;
|
||||
bool imageOK;
|
||||
friend class wxPNGReaderIter;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPNGReader(void);
|
||||
wxPNGReader (char* ImageFileName); // Read an image file
|
||||
virtual ~wxPNGReader ();
|
||||
|
||||
void Create(int width, int height, int deep, int colortype=-1);
|
||||
|
||||
bool ReadFile( char* ImageFileName=0 );
|
||||
bool SaveFile( char* ImageFileName=0 );
|
||||
bool SaveXPM(char *filename, char *name = 0);
|
||||
int GetWidth( void ) const { return Width; };
|
||||
int GetHeight( void ) const { return Height; };
|
||||
int GetDepth( void ) const { return Depth; };
|
||||
int GetColorType( void ) const { return ColorType; };
|
||||
|
||||
int GetIndex(int x, int y);
|
||||
bool GetRGB(int x, int y, byte* r, byte* g, byte* b);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetIndex(int x, int y, int index);
|
||||
bool SetRGB(int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b);
|
||||
|
||||
// ColorMap settings
|
||||
bool SetPalette(wxPalette* colourmap);
|
||||
bool SetPalette(int n, rgb_color_struct *rgb_struct);
|
||||
bool SetPalette(int n, byte *r, byte *g=0, byte *b=0);
|
||||
wxPalette* GetPalette() const { return m_palette; }
|
||||
|
||||
void NullData();
|
||||
inline int GetBGIndex(void) { return bgindex; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Inside(int x, int y)
|
||||
{ return (0<=y && y<Height && 0<=x && x<Width); }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap *GetBitmap(void);
|
||||
virtual bool InstantiateBitmap(wxBitmap *bitmap);
|
||||
wxMask *CreateMask(void);
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Ok(void) { return imageOK; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class wxPNGReaderIter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int Itx, Ity; // Counters
|
||||
int Stepx, Stepy;
|
||||
ImagePointerType IterImage; // Image pointer
|
||||
wxPNGReader *ima;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter ( void );
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter ( wxPNGReader *imax );
|
||||
operator wxPNGReader* ();
|
||||
|
||||
// Iterators
|
||||
bool ItOK ();
|
||||
void reset ();
|
||||
void upset ();
|
||||
void SetRow(byte *buf, int n);
|
||||
void GetRow(byte *buf, int n);
|
||||
byte GetByte( ) { return IterImage[Itx]; }
|
||||
void SetByte(byte b) { IterImage[Itx] = b; }
|
||||
ImagePointerType GetRow(void);
|
||||
bool NextRow();
|
||||
bool PrevRow();
|
||||
bool NextByte();
|
||||
bool PrevByte();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSteps(int x, int y=0) { Stepx = x; Stepy = y; }
|
||||
void GetSteps(int *x, int *y) { *x = Stepx; *y = Stepy; }
|
||||
bool NextStep();
|
||||
bool PrevStep();
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////// AD - for interlace ///////////////////////////////
|
||||
void SetY(int y);
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter::wxPNGReaderIter(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ima = 0;
|
||||
IterImage = 0;
|
||||
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||
Stepx = Stepy = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter::wxPNGReaderIter(wxPNGReader *imax): ima(imax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ima)
|
||||
IterImage = ima->RawImage;
|
||||
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||
Stepx = Stepy = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter::operator wxPNGReader* ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ima;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline
|
||||
bool wxPNGReaderIter::ItOK ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ima)
|
||||
return ima->Inside(Itx, Ity);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage = ima->RawImage;
|
||||
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::upset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
Ity = ima->Height-1;
|
||||
IterImage = ima->RawImage + ima->EfeWidth*(ima->Height-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextRow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (++Ity >= ima->Height) return 0;
|
||||
IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevRow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (--Ity < 0) return 0;
|
||||
IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////// AD - for interlace ///////////////////////////////
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::SetY(int y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((y < 0) || (y > ima->Height)) return;
|
||||
Ity = y;
|
||||
IterImage = ima->RawImage + ima->EfeWidth*y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::SetRow(byte *buf, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Here should be bcopy or memcpy
|
||||
//_fmemcpy(IterImage, (void far *)buf, n);
|
||||
if (n<0)
|
||||
n = ima->GetWidth();
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<n; i++) IterImage[i] = buf[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::GetRow(byte *buf, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<n; i++) buf[i] = IterImage[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline ImagePointerType wxPNGReaderIter::GetRow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return IterImage;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextByte()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (++Itx < ima->EfeWidth)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (++Ity < ima->Height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevByte()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (--Itx >= 0)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (--Ity >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextStep()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Itx += Stepx;
|
||||
if (Itx < ima->EfeWidth)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Ity += Stepy;
|
||||
if (Ity < ima->Height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevStep()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Itx -= Stepx;
|
||||
if (Itx >= 0)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Ity -= Stepy;
|
||||
if (Ity >= 0 && Ity < ima->Height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/pngread.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/pngread.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,73 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: printdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxPrintDialog, wxPageSetupDialog classes.
|
||||
// Use generic, PostScript version if no
|
||||
// platform-specific implementation.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "printdlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxPrinterDialog
|
||||
* The common dialog for printing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPrintDialog();
|
||||
wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
|
||||
wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data );
|
||||
~wxPrintDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() { return m_printDialogData; }
|
||||
wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); }
|
||||
virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData;
|
||||
wxDC* m_printerDC;
|
||||
bool m_destroyDC;
|
||||
wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPageSetupDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPageSetupDialog();
|
||||
wxPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupData *data = NULL);
|
||||
~wxPageSetupDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupData *data = NULL);
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxPageSetupData& GetPageSetupData() { return m_pageSetupData; }
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxPageSetupData m_pageSetupData;
|
||||
wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/printdlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/printdlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,64 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: printwin.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxWindowsPrinter, wxWindowsPrintPreview classes
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "printwin.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/prntbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacPrinter: public wxPrinterBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMacPrinter)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMacPrinter();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxPrintout *printout,
|
||||
bool prompt = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
|
||||
virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxPrintPreview
|
||||
* Programmer creates an object of this class to preview a wxPrintout.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacPrintPreview: public wxPrintPreviewBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxMacPrintPreview)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
|
||||
wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL,
|
||||
wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
|
||||
wxMacPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
|
||||
wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
|
||||
wxPrintData *data);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMacPrintPreview();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
|
||||
virtual void DetermineScaling();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/printmac.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/printmac.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,238 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: private.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Private declarations: as this header is only included by
|
||||
// wxWindows itself, it may contain identifiers which don't start
|
||||
// with "wx".
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PRIVATE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/app.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __DARWIN__
|
||||
# include <Carbon/Carbon.h>
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/private.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <Quickdraw.h>
|
||||
# include <Appearance.h>
|
||||
# include <Folders.h>
|
||||
# include <Controls.h>
|
||||
# include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
||||
# include <LowMem.h>
|
||||
# include <Gestalt.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION < 0x0340
|
||||
#error "please update to Apple's lastest universal headers from http://developer.apple.com/sdk/"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMacPortStateHelper
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacPortStateHelper)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacPortStateHelper( GrafPtr newport) ;
|
||||
wxMacPortStateHelper() ;
|
||||
~wxMacPortStateHelper() ;
|
||||
|
||||
void Setup( GrafPtr newport ) ;
|
||||
void Clear() ;
|
||||
bool IsCleared() { return m_clip == NULL ; }
|
||||
GrafPtr GetCurrentPort() { return m_currentPort ; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
GrafPtr m_currentPort ;
|
||||
GrafPtr m_oldPort ;
|
||||
RgnHandle m_clip ;
|
||||
ThemeDrawingState m_drawingState ;
|
||||
short m_textFont ;
|
||||
short m_textSize ;
|
||||
short m_textStyle ;
|
||||
short m_textMode ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacPortSetter
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacPortSetter)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacPortSetter( const wxDC* dc ) ;
|
||||
~wxMacPortSetter() ;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxMacPortStateHelper m_ph ;
|
||||
const wxDC* m_dc ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMacWindowClipper
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacWindowClipper)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacWindowClipper( const wxWindow* win ) ;
|
||||
~wxMacWindowClipper() ;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
RgnHandle m_formerClip ;
|
||||
RgnHandle m_newClip ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMacDrawingHelper
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMacDrawingHelper)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacDrawingHelper( wxWindowMac * theWindow , bool clientArea = false ) ;
|
||||
~wxMacDrawingHelper() ;
|
||||
bool Ok() { return m_ok ; }
|
||||
void LocalToWindow( Rect *rect) { OffsetRect( rect , m_origin.h , m_origin.v ) ; }
|
||||
void LocalToWindow( Point *pt ) { AddPt( m_origin , pt ) ; }
|
||||
void LocalToWindow( RgnHandle rgn ) { OffsetRgn( rgn , m_origin.h , m_origin.v ) ; }
|
||||
const Point& GetOrigin() { return m_origin ; }
|
||||
private:
|
||||
Point m_origin ;
|
||||
GrafPtr m_formerPort ;
|
||||
GrafPtr m_currentPort ;
|
||||
PenState m_savedPenState ;
|
||||
bool m_ok ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
// app.h
|
||||
bool wxMacConvertEventToRecord( EventRef event , EventRecord *rec) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
// filefn.h
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxMacFSSpec2MacFilename( const FSSpec *spec ) ;
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT void wxMacFilename2FSSpec( const char *path , FSSpec *spec ) ;
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT void wxMacFilename2FSSpec( const wxChar *path , FSSpec *spec ) ;
|
||||
# ifndef __DARWIN__
|
||||
// Mac file names are POSIX (Unix style) under Darwin, so these are not needed
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxMacFSSpec2UnixFilename( const FSSpec *spec ) ;
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT void wxUnixFilename2FSSpec( const char *path , FSSpec *spec ) ;
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxMac2UnixFilename( const char *s) ;
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxUnix2MacFilename( const char *s);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
// utils.h
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxMacFindFolder(short vRefNum,
|
||||
OSType folderType,
|
||||
Boolean createFolder);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
GWorldPtr wxMacCreateGWorld( int width , int height , int depth ) ;
|
||||
void wxMacDestroyGWorld( GWorldPtr gw ) ;
|
||||
PicHandle wxMacCreatePict( GWorldPtr gw , GWorldPtr mask = NULL ) ;
|
||||
CIconHandle wxMacCreateCIcon(GWorldPtr image , GWorldPtr mask , short dstDepth , short iconSize ) ;
|
||||
void wxMacSetColorTableEntry( CTabHandle newColors , int index , int red , int green , int blue ) ;
|
||||
CTabHandle wxMacCreateColorTable( int numColors ) ;
|
||||
void wxMacCreateBitmapButton( ControlButtonContentInfo*info , const wxBitmap& bitmap , int forceType = 0 ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAC_WXCOLORREF(a) (*((RGBColor*)&(a)))
|
||||
#define MAC_WXHBITMAP(a) (GWorldPtr(a))
|
||||
#define MAC_WXHMETAFILE(a) (PicHandle(a))
|
||||
#define MAC_WXHICON(a) (CIconHandle(a))
|
||||
#define MAC_WXHCURSOR(a) (CursHandle(a))
|
||||
#define MAC_WXHRGN(a) (RgnHandle(a))
|
||||
#define MAC_WXHWND(a) (WindowPtr(a))
|
||||
#define MAC_WXRECPTR(a) ((Rect*)a)
|
||||
#define MAC_WXPOINTPTR(a) ((Point*)a)
|
||||
#define MAC_WXHMENU(a) ((MenuHandle)a)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMac string conversions
|
||||
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMacSetupConverters() ;
|
||||
void wxMacCleanupConverters() ;
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMacStringToPascal( const wxString&from , StringPtr to ) ;
|
||||
wxString wxMacMakeStringFromPascal( ConstStringPtr from ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void wxMacConvertNewlines13To10( char * data ) ;
|
||||
void wxMacConvertNewlines10To13( char * data ) ;
|
||||
void wxMacConvertNewlines13To10( wxString *data ) ;
|
||||
void wxMacConvertNewlines10To13( wxString *data ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
|
||||
void wxMacConvertNewlines13To10( wxChar * data ) ;
|
||||
void wxMacConvertNewlines10To13( wxChar * data ) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMacCFStringHolder
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacCFStringHolder()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_cfs = NULL ;
|
||||
m_release = false ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxMacCFStringHolder(const wxString &str , wxFontEncoding encoding )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_cfs = NULL ;
|
||||
m_release = false ;
|
||||
Assign( str , encoding ) ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxMacCFStringHolder(CFStringRef ref , bool release = true )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_cfs = ref ;
|
||||
m_release = release ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~wxMacCFStringHolder()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Release() ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CFStringRef Detach()
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFStringRef retval = m_cfs ;
|
||||
m_release = false ;
|
||||
m_cfs = NULL ;
|
||||
return retval ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Release()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( m_release && m_cfs)
|
||||
CFRelease( m_cfs ) ;
|
||||
m_cfs = NULL ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Assign( const wxString &str , wxFontEncoding encoding ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
operator CFStringRef () { return m_cfs; }
|
||||
wxString AsString( wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
CFStringRef m_cfs;
|
||||
bool m_release ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxUint32 wxMacGetSystemEncFromFontEnc(wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
|
||||
wxFontEncoding wxMacGetFontEncFromSystemEnc(wxUint32 encoding) ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_PRIVATE_H_
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/private.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,63 +1,5 @@
|
||||
#include <wx/wx.h>
|
||||
#include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h>
|
||||
#include <IOKit/IOCFPlugIn.h>
|
||||
#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDLib.h>
|
||||
#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDKeys.h>
|
||||
#include <Kernel/IOKit/hidsystem/IOHIDUsageTables.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <mach/mach.h>
|
||||
|
||||
//Utility wrapper around CFArray
|
||||
class wxCFArray
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCFArray(CFTypeRef pData) : pArray((CFArrayRef) pData) {}
|
||||
CFTypeRef operator [] (const int& nIndex) {return CFArrayGetValueAtIndex(pArray, nIndex); }
|
||||
int Count() {return CFArrayGetCount(pArray);}
|
||||
private:
|
||||
CFArrayRef pArray;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// A wrapper around OS X HID Manager procedures.
|
||||
// The tutorial "Working With HID Class Device Interfaces" Is
|
||||
// Quite good, as is the sample program associated with it
|
||||
// (Depite the author's protests!).
|
||||
class wxHIDDevice
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxHIDDevice() : m_ppDevice(NULL), m_ppQueue(NULL), m_pCookies(NULL) {}
|
||||
//kHIDPage_GenericDesktop
|
||||
//kHIDUsage_GD_Joystick,kHIDUsage_GD_Mouse,kHIDUsage_GD_Keyboard
|
||||
bool Create (const int& nClass = -1, const int& nType = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
inline void AddCookie(CFTypeRef Data, const int& i);
|
||||
inline void AddCookieInQueue(CFTypeRef Data, const int& i);
|
||||
inline void InitCookies(const size_t& dwSize, bool bQueue = false);
|
||||
|
||||
//Must be implemented by derived classes
|
||||
//builds the cookie array -
|
||||
//first call InitCookies to initialize the cookie
|
||||
//array, then AddCookie to add a cookie at a certain point in an array
|
||||
virtual void BuildCookies(wxCFArray& Array) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//checks to see whether the cookie at index nIndex is active (element value != 0)
|
||||
bool IsActive(const int& nIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
//closes the device and cleans the queue and cookies
|
||||
virtual ~wxHIDDevice();
|
||||
private:
|
||||
IOHIDDeviceInterface** m_ppDevice; //this, essentially
|
||||
IOHIDQueueInterface** m_ppQueue; //queue (if we want one)
|
||||
IOHIDElementCookie* m_pCookies; //cookies
|
||||
|
||||
const char* m_szName; //(product) name
|
||||
mach_port_t m_pPort;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class wxHIDKeyboard : public wxHIDDevice
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool Create();
|
||||
virtual void BuildCookies(wxCFArray& Array);
|
||||
};
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/private/hid.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/private/hid.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,107 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: print.h
|
||||
// Purpose: private implementation for printing on MacOS
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 03/02/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_PRINT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_PRIVATE_PRINT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/private.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if TARGET_CARBON && !defined(__DARWIN__)
|
||||
# include <PMApplication.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DARWIN__
|
||||
# include "Printing.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
#if !PM_USE_SESSION_APIS
|
||||
#error "only Carbon Printing Session API is supported"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class wxNativePrintData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public :
|
||||
wxNativePrintData() {}
|
||||
virtual ~wxNativePrintData() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPrintData * ) = 0 ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPrintData * ) = 0 ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPageSetupDialogData * ) = 0 ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPageSetupDialogData * ) = 0 ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPrintDialogData * ) = 0 ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPrintDialogData * ) = 0 ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void CopyFrom( wxNativePrintData * ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int ShowPrintDialog() = 0 ;
|
||||
virtual int ShowPageSetupDialog() = 0 ;
|
||||
|
||||
static wxNativePrintData* Create() ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMacCarbonPrintData : public wxNativePrintData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public :
|
||||
wxMacCarbonPrintData() ;
|
||||
~wxMacCarbonPrintData() ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPrintData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPrintData * ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPageSetupDialogData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPageSetupDialogData * ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPrintDialogData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPrintDialogData * ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void CopyFrom( wxNativePrintData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual int ShowPrintDialog() ;
|
||||
virtual int ShowPageSetupDialog() ;
|
||||
private :
|
||||
virtual void ValidateOrCreate() ;
|
||||
public :
|
||||
PMPrintSession m_macPrintSession ;
|
||||
PMPageFormat m_macPageFormat ;
|
||||
PMPrintSettings m_macPrintSettings ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/private/print.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMacClassicPrintData : public wxNativePrintData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public :
|
||||
wxMacClassicPrintData() ;
|
||||
~wxMacClassicPrintData() ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPrintData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPrintData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPageSetupDialogData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPageSetupDialogData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferFrom( wxPrintDialogData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void TransferTo( wxPrintDialogData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual void CopyFrom( wxNativePrintData * ) ;
|
||||
virtual int ShowPrintDialog() ;
|
||||
virtual int ShowPageSetupDialog() ;
|
||||
private :
|
||||
virtual void ValidateOrCreate() ;
|
||||
public :
|
||||
THPrint m_macPrintSettings ;
|
||||
} ;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/private/print.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,108 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: radiobox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxRadioBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "radiobox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// List box item
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButton ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBox: public wxControl, public wxRadioBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors & destructor
|
||||
wxRadioBox();
|
||||
inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, val, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, choices,
|
||||
majorDim, style, val, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
~wxRadioBox();
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions (in wxWindows2 reference)
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int item);
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const;
|
||||
|
||||
inline virtual int GetCount() const { return m_noItems; } ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(int item) const;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(int item, const wxString& label) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Enable(int item, bool enable);
|
||||
virtual void Show(int item, bool show) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetColumnCount() const ;
|
||||
virtual int GetRowCount() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual wxString GetLabel() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) ;
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Other external functions
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
// Other variable access functions
|
||||
inline int GetNumberOfRowsOrCols() const { return m_noRowsOrCols; }
|
||||
inline void SetNumberOfRowsOrCols(int n) { m_noRowsOrCols = n; }
|
||||
|
||||
void OnRadioButton( wxCommandEvent& event ) ;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxRadioButton *m_radioButtonCycle;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_majorDim ;
|
||||
int m_noItems;
|
||||
int m_noRowsOrCols;
|
||||
|
||||
// Internal functions
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
|
||||
int width, int height,
|
||||
int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/radiobox.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/radiobox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,94 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: radiobut.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxRadioButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "radiobut.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButton: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxRadioButton() {}
|
||||
inline wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool val);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown );
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
wxRadioButton *AddInCycle(wxRadioButton *cycle);
|
||||
inline wxRadioButton *NextInCycle() {return m_cycle;}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
wxRadioButton *m_cycle;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Not implemented
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapRadioButton: public wxRadioButton
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapRadioButton)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxBitmap *theButtonBitmap;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxBitmapRadioButton() { theButtonBitmap = NULL; }
|
||||
inline wxBitmapRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxBitmap *label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxBitmap *label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *label);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool val) ;
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/radiobut.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/radiobut.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,177 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: region.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxRegion class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_REGION_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_REGION_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "region.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint;
|
||||
|
||||
enum wxRegionContain {
|
||||
wxOutRegion = 0, wxPartRegion = 1, wxInRegion = 2
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// So far, for internal use only
|
||||
enum wxRegionOp {
|
||||
wxRGN_AND, // Creates the intersection of the two combined regions.
|
||||
wxRGN_COPY, // Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1.
|
||||
wxRGN_DIFF, // Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2.
|
||||
wxRGN_OR, // Creates the union of two combined regions.
|
||||
wxRGN_XOR // Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegion : public wxGDIObject {
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion);
|
||||
friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIterator;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxRegion(long x, long y, long w, long h);
|
||||
wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight);
|
||||
wxRegion(const wxRect& rect);
|
||||
wxRegion( WXHRGN hRegion );
|
||||
wxRegion();
|
||||
wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp,
|
||||
const wxColour& transColour = wxNullColour,
|
||||
int tolerance = 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Union(bmp, transColour, tolerance);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~wxRegion();
|
||||
|
||||
//# Copying
|
||||
wxRegion(const wxRegion& r)
|
||||
: wxGDIObject()
|
||||
{ Ref(r); }
|
||||
wxRegion& operator = (const wxRegion& r)
|
||||
{ Ref(r); return (*this); }
|
||||
|
||||
//# Modify region
|
||||
// Clear current region
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Union rectangle or region with this.
|
||||
bool Union(long x, long y, long width, long height)
|
||||
{ return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_OR); }
|
||||
bool Union(const wxRect& rect)
|
||||
{ return Combine(rect, wxRGN_OR); }
|
||||
bool Union(const wxRegion& region)
|
||||
{ return Combine(region, wxRGN_OR); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Intersect rectangle or region with this.
|
||||
bool Intersect(long x, long y, long width, long height)
|
||||
{ return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_AND); }
|
||||
bool Intersect(const wxRect& rect)
|
||||
{ return Combine(rect, wxRGN_AND); }
|
||||
bool Intersect(const wxRegion& region)
|
||||
{ return Combine(region, wxRGN_AND); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Subtract rectangle or region from this:
|
||||
// Combines the parts of 'this' that are not part of the second region.
|
||||
bool Subtract(long x, long y, long width, long height)
|
||||
{ return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_DIFF); }
|
||||
bool Subtract(const wxRect& rect)
|
||||
{ return Combine(rect, wxRGN_DIFF); }
|
||||
bool Subtract(const wxRegion& region)
|
||||
{ return Combine(region, wxRGN_DIFF); }
|
||||
|
||||
// XOR: the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas.
|
||||
bool Xor(long x, long y, long width, long height)
|
||||
{ return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_XOR); }
|
||||
bool Xor(const wxRect& rect)
|
||||
{ return Combine(rect, wxRGN_XOR); }
|
||||
bool Xor(const wxRegion& region)
|
||||
{ return Combine(region, wxRGN_XOR); }
|
||||
|
||||
//# Information on region
|
||||
// Outer bounds of region
|
||||
void GetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord&w, wxCoord &h) const;
|
||||
wxRect GetBox() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Is region empty?
|
||||
bool Empty() const;
|
||||
inline bool IsEmpty() const { return Empty(); }
|
||||
|
||||
//# Tests
|
||||
// Does the region contain the point (x,y)?
|
||||
wxRegionContain Contains(long x, long y) const;
|
||||
// Does the region contain the point pt?
|
||||
wxRegionContain Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const;
|
||||
// Does the region contain the rectangle (x, y, w, h)?
|
||||
wxRegionContain Contains(long x, long y, long w, long h) const;
|
||||
// Does the region contain the rectangle rect?
|
||||
wxRegionContain Contains(const wxRect& rect) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert the region to a B&W bitmap with the white pixels being inside
|
||||
// the region.
|
||||
wxBitmap ConvertToBitmap() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Use the non-transparent pixels of a wxBitmap for the region to combine
|
||||
// with this region. If the bitmap has a mask then it will be used,
|
||||
// otherwise the colour to be treated as transparent may be specified,
|
||||
// along with an optional tolerance value.
|
||||
bool Union(const wxBitmap& bmp,
|
||||
const wxColour& transColour = wxNullColour,
|
||||
int tolerance = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Internal
|
||||
bool Combine(long x, long y, long width, long height, wxRegionOp op);
|
||||
bool Combine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op);
|
||||
bool Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op);
|
||||
const WXHRGN GetWXHRGN() const ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIterator : public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxRegionIterator();
|
||||
wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region);
|
||||
wxRegionIterator(const wxRegionIterator& iterator);
|
||||
~wxRegionIterator();
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegionIterator& operator=(const wxRegionIterator& iterator);
|
||||
|
||||
void Reset() { m_current = 0; }
|
||||
void Reset(const wxRegion& region);
|
||||
|
||||
operator bool () const { return m_current < m_numRects; }
|
||||
bool HaveRects() const { return m_current < m_numRects; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxRegionIterator& operator++();
|
||||
wxRegionIterator operator++(int);
|
||||
|
||||
long GetX() const;
|
||||
long GetY() const;
|
||||
long GetW() const;
|
||||
long GetWidth() const { return GetW(); }
|
||||
long GetH() const;
|
||||
long GetHeight() const { return GetH(); }
|
||||
wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetWidth(), GetHeight()); }
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void SetRects(long numRects, wxRect *rects);
|
||||
|
||||
long m_current;
|
||||
long m_numRects;
|
||||
wxRegion m_region;
|
||||
wxRect* m_rects;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_REGION_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/region.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/region.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,71 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: scrollbar.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxScrollBar class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "scrolbar.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxScrollBarNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Scrollbar item
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxScrollBar() { m_pageSize = 0; m_viewSize = 0; m_objectSize = 0; }
|
||||
~wxScrollBar();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
int GetThumbPosition() const ;
|
||||
inline int GetThumbSize() const { return m_viewSize; }
|
||||
inline int GetPageSize() const { return m_pageSize; }
|
||||
inline int GetRange() const { return m_objectSize; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxVERTICAL) != 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart);
|
||||
virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, int range, int pageSize,
|
||||
bool refresh = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_pageSize;
|
||||
int m_viewSize;
|
||||
int m_objectSize;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/scrolbar.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/scrolbar.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,110 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: slider.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxSlider class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SLIDER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "slider.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/slider.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stattext.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxSliderNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Slider
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSlider: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSlider();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~wxSlider();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetValue() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
|
||||
|
||||
inline int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; }
|
||||
inline int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetMin(int minValue) { SetRange(minValue, m_rangeMax); }
|
||||
void SetMax(int maxValue) { SetRange(m_rangeMin, maxValue); }
|
||||
|
||||
// For trackbars only
|
||||
void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
|
||||
inline int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; }
|
||||
void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
|
||||
int GetPageSize() const ;
|
||||
void ClearSel() ;
|
||||
void ClearTicks() ;
|
||||
void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
|
||||
int GetLineSize() const ;
|
||||
int GetSelEnd() const ;
|
||||
int GetSelStart() const ;
|
||||
void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos);
|
||||
void SetThumbLength(int len) ;
|
||||
int GetThumbLength() const ;
|
||||
void SetTick(int tickPos) ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// set min/max size of the slider
|
||||
virtual void SetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
|
||||
int maxW = -1, int maxH = -1,
|
||||
int incW = -1, int incH = -1 );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h, int sizeFlags);
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int w, int h);
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacUpdateDimensions() ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticText* m_macMinimumStatic ;
|
||||
wxStaticText* m_macMaximumStatic ;
|
||||
wxStaticText* m_macValueStatic ;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_rangeMin;
|
||||
int m_rangeMax;
|
||||
int m_pageSize;
|
||||
int m_lineSize;
|
||||
int m_tickFreq;
|
||||
private :
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_SLIDER_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/slider.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/slider.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,53 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: sound.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxSound class (loads and plays short Windows .wav files).
|
||||
// Optional on non-Windows platforms.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SOUND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "sound.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SOUND
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSound : public wxSoundBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSound();
|
||||
wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = FALSE);
|
||||
wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data);
|
||||
~wxSound();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = FALSE);
|
||||
bool IsOk() const { return !m_sndname.IsEmpty(); }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// prevent collision with some BSD definitions of macro Free()
|
||||
bool FreeData();
|
||||
|
||||
bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void* m_sndChan;
|
||||
|
||||
wxString m_sndname;
|
||||
void* m_hSnd;
|
||||
int m_waveLength;
|
||||
bool m_isResource;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_SOUND_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/sound.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/sound.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,79 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: spinbutt.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxSpinButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "spinbutt.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next
|
||||
to a text control.
|
||||
|
||||
wxSP_HORIZONTAL: horizontal spin button
|
||||
wxSP_VERTICAL: vertical spin button (the default)
|
||||
wxSP_ARROW_KEYS: arrow keys increment/decrement value
|
||||
wxSP_WRAP: value wraps at either end
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// construction
|
||||
wxSpinButton();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinButton"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxSpinButton();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinButton"));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
virtual int GetMin() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetMax() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetValue() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int val);
|
||||
virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void MacHandleValueChanged( int inc ) ;
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
int m_value ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/spinbutt.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/spinbutt.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,188 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/generic/spinctlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: generic wxSpinCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 28.10.99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxSpinButton and wxTextCtrl, so if
|
||||
// wxSpinButton is available, this is what we do - but if it isn't, we still
|
||||
// define wxSpinCtrl class which then has the same appearance as wxTextCtrl but
|
||||
// the different interface. This allows to write programs using wxSpinCtrl
|
||||
// without tons of #ifdefs.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "spinctlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSpinButton
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrl : public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"));
|
||||
|
||||
// wxTextCtrl-like method
|
||||
void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxSpinCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
void SetValue(int val);
|
||||
void SetValue(const wxString& text);
|
||||
void SetRange(int min, int max);
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
int GetValue() const;
|
||||
int GetMin() const;
|
||||
int GetMax() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
|
||||
// forward these functions to all subcontrols
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// get the subcontrols
|
||||
wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; }
|
||||
wxSpinButton *GetSpinButton() const { return m_btn; }
|
||||
|
||||
// set the value of the text (only)
|
||||
void SetTextValue(int val);
|
||||
|
||||
// put the numeric value of the string in the text ctrl into val and return
|
||||
// TRUE or return FALSE if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the
|
||||
// number is out of range
|
||||
bool GetTextValue(int *val) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// the subcontrols
|
||||
wxTextCtrl *m_text;
|
||||
wxSpinButton *m_btn;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#else // !wxUSE_SPINBTN
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxSpinCtrl is just a text control
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/textctrl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinCtrl : public wxTextCtrl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetRange(min, max);
|
||||
|
||||
bool ok = wxTextCtrl::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style,
|
||||
wxDefaultValidator, name);
|
||||
SetValue(initial);
|
||||
|
||||
return ok;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
int GetValue(int WXUNUSED(dummy) = 1) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n;
|
||||
if ( (wxSscanf(wxTextCtrl::GetValue(), wxT("%d"), &n) != 1) )
|
||||
n = INT_MIN;
|
||||
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int GetMin() const { return m_min; }
|
||||
int GetMax() const { return m_max; }
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxTextCtrl::SetValue(value); }
|
||||
void SetValue(int val) { wxString s; s << val; wxTextCtrl::SetValue(s); }
|
||||
void SetRange(int min, int max) { m_min = min; m_max = max; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// initialize m_min/max with the default values
|
||||
void Init() { SetRange(0, 100); }
|
||||
|
||||
int m_min;
|
||||
int m_max;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN/!wxUSE_SPINBTN
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/spinctrl.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/spinctrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,68 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: statbmp.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_STATBMP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "statbmp.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/icon.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBitmap: public wxStaticBitmapBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxStaticBitmap() { }
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
|
||||
virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
|
||||
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
|
||||
wxIcon GetIcon() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// icons and bitmaps are really the same thing in wxMac
|
||||
return (const wxIcon &)m_bitmap;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { SetBitmap( (const wxBitmap &)icon ) ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// overriden base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxBitmap m_bitmap;
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_STATBMP_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/statbmp.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/statbmp.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,57 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: statbox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxStaticBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_STATBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "statbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxStaticBoxNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Group box
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBox: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxStaticBox() {}
|
||||
inline wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
|
||||
virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_STATBOX_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/statbox.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/statbox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,61 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/statline.h
|
||||
// Purpose: a generic wxStaticLine class used for mac before adaptation
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Created: 28.06.99
|
||||
// Version: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "statline.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class wxStaticBox;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxStaticLine
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and pseudo-constructors
|
||||
wxStaticLine() : m_statbox(NULL) { }
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticLine( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr )
|
||||
: m_statbox(NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr );
|
||||
|
||||
// it's necessary to override this wxWindow function because we
|
||||
// will want to return the main widget for m_statbox
|
||||
//
|
||||
WXWidget GetMainWidget() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// we implement the static line using a static box
|
||||
wxStaticBox *m_statbox;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/statline.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/statline.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,62 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: stattext.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxStaticText class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "stattext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticText: public wxStaticTextBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxStaticText() : m_label() { }
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
void SetLabel( const wxString &str ) ;
|
||||
bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
|
||||
virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
|
||||
// events
|
||||
void DrawParagraph(wxDC &dc, wxString paragraph, int &y);
|
||||
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ) ;
|
||||
void OnDraw( wxDC &dc ) ;
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
|
||||
private :
|
||||
wxString m_label ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_STATTEXT_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/stattext.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/stattext.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,53 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: statusbr.h
|
||||
// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar. Optional; can use generic
|
||||
// version instead.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_STATBAR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_STATBAR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "statbrma.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBarMac : public wxStatusBarGeneric
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarMac);
|
||||
|
||||
wxStatusBarMac();
|
||||
wxStatusBarMac(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~wxStatusBarMac();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
long style ,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DrawFieldText(wxDC& dc, int i);
|
||||
virtual void DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i);
|
||||
virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0) ;
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperEnabled( bool enable ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_STATBAR_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/statusbr.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/statusbr.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,138 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: tabctrl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxTabCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TABCTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TABCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "tabctrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class wxImageList;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Flags returned by HitTest
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTAB_HITTEST_NOWHERE 1
|
||||
#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONICON 2
|
||||
#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONLABEL 4
|
||||
#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONITEM 6
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabCtrl: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabCtrl)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxTabCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxTabCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxT("tabCtrl"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
~wxTabCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
// Accessors
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the selection
|
||||
int GetSelection() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the tab with the current keyboard focus
|
||||
int GetCurFocus() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the associated image list
|
||||
wxImageList* GetImageList() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the number of items
|
||||
int GetItemCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the rect corresponding to the tab
|
||||
bool GetItemRect(int item, wxRect& rect) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the number of rows
|
||||
int GetRowCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the item text
|
||||
wxString GetItemText(int item) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the item image
|
||||
int GetItemImage(int item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the item data
|
||||
void* GetItemData(int item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the selection
|
||||
int SetSelection(int item);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the image list
|
||||
void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the text for an item
|
||||
bool SetItemText(int item, const wxString& text);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the image for an item
|
||||
bool SetItemImage(int item, int image);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the data for an item
|
||||
bool SetItemData(int item, void* data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the size for a fixed-width tab control
|
||||
void SetItemSize(const wxSize& size);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the padding between tabs
|
||||
void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
|
||||
|
||||
// Operations
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0, const wxString& name = wxT("tabCtrl"));
|
||||
|
||||
// Delete all items
|
||||
bool DeleteAllItems();
|
||||
|
||||
// Delete an item
|
||||
bool DeleteItem(int item);
|
||||
|
||||
// Hit test
|
||||
int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long& flags);
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert an item
|
||||
bool InsertItem(int item, const wxString& text, int imageId = -1, void* data = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxImageList* m_imageList;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabEvent: public wxCommandEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabEvent)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTabEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTabEventFunction)(wxTabEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_TAB_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGED, \
|
||||
id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTabEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TAB_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGING, \
|
||||
id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTabEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_TABCTRL_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/tabctrl.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/tabctrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,48 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// File: wx/mac/taskbarosx.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for OSX
|
||||
// Author: Ryan Norton
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 04/04/2003
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton, 2003
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TASKBAR_H_
|
||||
#define _TASKBAR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "taskbarosx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTaskBarIcon : public wxTaskBarIconBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//type of taskbar item to create (currently only DOCK is implemented)
|
||||
enum wxTaskBarIconType
|
||||
{
|
||||
DOCK,
|
||||
STATUSITEM,
|
||||
MENUEXTRA
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxTaskBarIcon(const wxTaskBarIconType& nType = DOCK);
|
||||
virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon();
|
||||
|
||||
// Operations:
|
||||
bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
bool RemoveIcon();
|
||||
bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxTaskBarIconType m_nType;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _TASKBAR_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/taskbarosx.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/taskbarosx.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,184 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: textctrl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxTextCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "textctrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxTextCtrlNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Single-line text item
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl: public wxTextCtrlBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// creation
|
||||
// --------
|
||||
wxTextCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
~wxTextCtrl();
|
||||
wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
// ---------
|
||||
virtual wxString GetValue() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
|
||||
virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsModified() const;
|
||||
virtual bool IsEditable() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection.
|
||||
virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
// ----------
|
||||
|
||||
// editing
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
|
||||
virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
|
||||
|
||||
// load the controls contents from the file
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file);
|
||||
|
||||
// sets/clears the dirty flag
|
||||
virtual void MarkDirty();
|
||||
virtual void DiscardEdits();
|
||||
|
||||
// set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line
|
||||
// text control
|
||||
virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these
|
||||
// methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to
|
||||
// set/get the style which will be used for all appended text
|
||||
virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||
virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||
|
||||
// writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
|
||||
// inserts it at the end
|
||||
virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
|
||||
virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
|
||||
|
||||
// translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
|
||||
// considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
|
||||
// which represent column and line.
|
||||
virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
|
||||
virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clipboard operations
|
||||
virtual void Copy();
|
||||
virtual void Cut();
|
||||
virtual void Paste();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool CanCopy() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanCut() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanPaste() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Undo/redo
|
||||
virtual void Undo();
|
||||
virtual void Redo();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool CanUndo() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanRedo() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Insertion point
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
||||
virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
|
||||
virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
||||
virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// callbacks
|
||||
void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required
|
||||
|
||||
void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool MacCanFocus() const { return true ; }
|
||||
virtual bool MacSetupCursor( const wxPoint& pt ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperShown( bool show ) ;
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE) ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_editable ;
|
||||
|
||||
// flag is set to true when the user edits the controls contents
|
||||
bool m_dirty;
|
||||
|
||||
// one of the following objects is used for representation, the other one is NULL
|
||||
void* m_macTE ;
|
||||
void* m_macTXN ;
|
||||
void* m_macTXNvars ;
|
||||
bool m_macUsesTXN ;
|
||||
unsigned long m_maxLength ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/textctrl.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/textctrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,59 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/tglbtn.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Declaration of the wxToggleButton class, which implements a
|
||||
// toggle button under wxMac.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 08.02.01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2004 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// License: wxWindows License
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxCheckBoxNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxToggleButton : public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxToggleButton() {}
|
||||
wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool value);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToggleButton)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/tglbtn.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/tglbtn.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,48 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: timer.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxTimer class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TIMER_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TIMER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "timer.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/macnotfy.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class wxTimer ;
|
||||
|
||||
struct MacTimerInfo ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimer: public wxTimerBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTimer() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxTimer(wxEvtHandler *owner, int id = -1) : wxTimerBase(owner, id) { Init(); }
|
||||
~wxTimer();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1,
|
||||
bool one_shot = FALSE); // Start timer
|
||||
virtual void Stop(); // Stop timer
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsRunning() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
MacTimerInfo* m_info;
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTimer)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_TIMER_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/timer.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/timer.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,96 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: toolbar.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxToolBar class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "toolbar.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/tbarbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxChar*) wxToolBarNameStr;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar: public wxToolBarBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBar() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
~wxToolBar();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// override/implement base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Realize();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
|
||||
virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetRows(int nRows);
|
||||
|
||||
// Add all the buttons
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
virtual wxString MacGetToolTipString( wxPoint &where ) ;
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) ;
|
||||
void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
|
||||
virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
|
||||
virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
|
||||
virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
|
||||
wxItemKind kind,
|
||||
wxObject *clientData,
|
||||
const wxString& shortHelp,
|
||||
const wxString& longHelp);
|
||||
virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control);
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/toolbar.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/toolbar.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,48 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/tooltip.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxToolTip class - tooltip control
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 31.01.99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1999 Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class wxToolTip : public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctor & dtor
|
||||
wxToolTip(const wxString &tip);
|
||||
virtual ~wxToolTip();
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
// tip text
|
||||
void SetTip(const wxString& tip);
|
||||
const wxString& GetTip() const { return m_text; }
|
||||
|
||||
// the window we're associated with
|
||||
void SetWindow(wxWindow *win);
|
||||
wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
|
||||
|
||||
// controlling tooltip behaviour: globally change tooltip parameters
|
||||
// enable or disable the tooltips globally
|
||||
static void Enable(bool flag);
|
||||
// set the delay after which the tooltip appears
|
||||
static void SetDelay(long milliseconds);
|
||||
static void NotifyWindowDelete( WXHWND win ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// should be called in response to mouse events
|
||||
static void RelayEvent(wxWindow *win , wxMouseEvent &event);
|
||||
static void RemoveToolTips();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxString m_text; // tooltip text
|
||||
wxWindow *m_window; // window we're associated with
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/tooltip.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/tooltip.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,146 +1,5 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/toplevel.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxTopLevelWindowMac is the Mac implementation of wxTLW
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 20.09.01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2001 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "toplevel.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
|
||||
#define wxMAC_WINDOW_PLAIN_TRANSITION _T("mac.window-plain-transition")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxTopLevelWindowMac
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTopLevelWindowMac : public wxTopLevelWindowBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and such
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindowMac() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindowMac(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
(void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowMac();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool IsMaximized() const;
|
||||
virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool IsIconized() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
|
||||
virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons) { SetIcon( icons.GetIcon( -1 ) ); }
|
||||
virtual void Restore();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style) = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL)
|
||||
{ return FALSE; }
|
||||
virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return FALSE; }
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
static void MacDelayedDeactivation(long timestamp);
|
||||
virtual void MacCreateRealWindow( const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
long style,
|
||||
const wxString& name ) ;
|
||||
static WXWindow MacGetWindowInUpdate() { return s_macWindowInUpdate ; }
|
||||
virtual void MacGetPortParams(WXPOINTPTR localOrigin, WXRECTPTR clipRect, WXWindow *window , wxWindowMac** rootwin ) ;
|
||||
virtual void ClearBackground() ;
|
||||
virtual WXWidget MacGetContainerForEmbedding() ;
|
||||
WXWindow MacGetWindowRef() { return m_macWindow ; }
|
||||
virtual void MacActivate( long timestamp , bool inIsActivating ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacUpdate( long timestamp ) ;
|
||||
#if !TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
virtual void MacMouseDown( WXEVENTREF ev , short windowPart ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacMouseUp( WXEVENTREF ev , short windowPart ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacMouseMoved( WXEVENTREF ev , short windowPart ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacKeyDown( WXEVENTREF ev ) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
virtual void MacFireMouseEvent( wxUint16 kind , wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ,wxUint32 modifiers , long timestamp ) ;
|
||||
virtual void Raise();
|
||||
virtual void Lower();
|
||||
virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title);
|
||||
virtual bool Show( bool show = TRUE );
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
|
||||
void MacInvalidate( const WXRECTPTR rect, bool eraseBackground ) ;
|
||||
short MacGetWindowBackgroundTheme() const { return m_macWindowBackgroundTheme ; }
|
||||
static bool MacEnableCompositing( bool useCompositing );
|
||||
bool MacUsesCompositing() { return m_macUsesCompositing; }
|
||||
|
||||
#if TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetEventHandler() { return m_macEventHandler ; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// is the frame currently iconized?
|
||||
bool m_iconized;
|
||||
|
||||
// should the frame be maximized when it will be shown? set by Maximize()
|
||||
// when it is called while the frame is hidden
|
||||
bool m_maximizeOnShow;
|
||||
bool m_macUsesCompositing ;
|
||||
|
||||
short m_macWindowBackgroundTheme ;
|
||||
WXWindow m_macWindow ;
|
||||
WXWidget m_macRootControl ;
|
||||
wxWindowMac* m_macFocus ;
|
||||
WXHRGN m_macNoEraseUpdateRgn ;
|
||||
bool m_macNeedsErasing ;
|
||||
|
||||
static WXWindow s_macWindowInUpdate ;
|
||||
static wxTopLevelWindowMac *s_macDeactivateWindow;
|
||||
static bool s_macWindowCompositing ;
|
||||
private :
|
||||
#if TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macEventHandler ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// list of all frames and modeless dialogs
|
||||
extern WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(wxWindowList) wxModelessWindows;
|
||||
|
||||
// associate mac windows with wx counterparts
|
||||
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindowMac* wxFindWinFromMacWindow( WXWindow inWindow ) ;
|
||||
void wxAssociateWinWithMacWindow(WXWindow inWindow, wxTopLevelWindowMac *win) ;
|
||||
void wxRemoveMacWindowAssociation(wxTopLevelWindowMac *win) ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/toplevel.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/toplevel.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,295 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: treectrl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "treectrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/imaglist.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_HANDLE 0x0001
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_STATE 0x0002
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_TEXT 0x0004
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_IMAGE 0x0008
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_SELECTED_IMAGE 0x0010
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_CHILDREN 0x0020
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_DATA 0x0040
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_BOLD 0x0001
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_DROPHILITED 0x0002
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED 0x0004
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDEDONCE 0x0008
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_FOCUSED 0x0010
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_SELECTED 0x0020
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_CUT 0x0040
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE 0x0001 // Above the client area.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW 0x0002 // Below the client area.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE 0x0004 // In the client area but below the last item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON 0x0010 // On the button associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON 0x0020 // On the bitmap associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT 0x0040 // In the indentation associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL 0x0080 // On the label (string) associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0100 // In the area to the right of an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0200 // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT 0x0400 // To the right of the client area.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT 0x0800 // To the left of the client area.
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
|
||||
|
||||
// Flags for GetNextItem
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_CARET, // Retrieves the currently selected item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_CHILD, // Retrieves the first child item. The hItem parameter must be NULL.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_DROPHILITE, // Retrieves the item that is the target of a drag-and-drop operation.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_FIRSTVISIBLE, // Retrieves the first visible item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_NEXT, // Retrieves the next sibling item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_NEXTVISIBLE, // Retrieves the next visible item that follows the specified item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_PARENT, // Retrieves the parent of the specified item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUS, // Retrieves the previous sibling item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUSVISIBLE, // Retrieves the first visible item that precedes the specified item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_ROOT // Retrieves the first child item of the root item of which the specified item is a part.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Flags for ExpandItem
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND,
|
||||
wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE,
|
||||
wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE_RESET,
|
||||
wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Flags for InsertItem
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxTREE_INSERT_LAST = -1,
|
||||
wxTREE_INSERT_FIRST = -2,
|
||||
wxTREE_INSERT_SORT = -3
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeItem: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeItem)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
long m_mask;
|
||||
long m_itemId;
|
||||
long m_state;
|
||||
long m_stateMask;
|
||||
wxString m_text;
|
||||
int m_image;
|
||||
int m_selectedImage;
|
||||
int m_children;
|
||||
long m_data;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTreeItem();
|
||||
|
||||
// Accessors
|
||||
inline long GetMask() const { return m_mask; }
|
||||
inline long GetItemId() const { return m_itemId; }
|
||||
inline long GetState() const { return m_state; }
|
||||
inline long GetStateMask() const { return m_stateMask; }
|
||||
inline wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
|
||||
inline int GetImage() const { return m_image; }
|
||||
inline int GetSelectedImage() const { return m_selectedImage; }
|
||||
inline int GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
|
||||
inline long GetData() const { return m_data; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SetMask(long mask) { m_mask = mask; }
|
||||
inline void SetItemId(long id) { m_itemId = m_itemId = id; }
|
||||
inline void SetState(long state) { m_state = state; }
|
||||
inline void SetStateMask(long stateMask) { m_stateMask = stateMask; }
|
||||
inline void GetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
|
||||
inline void SetImage(int image) { m_image = image; }
|
||||
inline void GetSelectedImage(int selImage) { m_selectedImage = selImage; }
|
||||
inline void SetChildren(int children) { m_children = children; }
|
||||
inline void SetData(long data) { m_data = data; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeCtrl: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// creation
|
||||
// --------
|
||||
wxTreeCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl")
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
~wxTreeCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl");
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
// ---------
|
||||
//
|
||||
int GetCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// indent
|
||||
int GetIndent() const;
|
||||
void SetIndent(int indent);
|
||||
// image list
|
||||
wxImageList *GetImageList(int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) const;
|
||||
void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL);
|
||||
|
||||
// navigation inside the tree
|
||||
long GetNextItem(long item, int code) const;
|
||||
bool ItemHasChildren(long item) const;
|
||||
long GetChild(long item) const;
|
||||
long GetItemParent(long item) const;
|
||||
long GetFirstVisibleItem() const;
|
||||
long GetNextVisibleItem(long item) const;
|
||||
long GetSelection() const;
|
||||
long GetRootItem() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// generic function for (g|s)etting item attributes
|
||||
bool GetItem(wxTreeItem& info) const;
|
||||
bool SetItem(wxTreeItem& info);
|
||||
// item state
|
||||
int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const;
|
||||
bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask);
|
||||
// item image
|
||||
bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage);
|
||||
// item text
|
||||
wxString GetItemText(long item) const;
|
||||
void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str);
|
||||
// custom data associated with the item
|
||||
long GetItemData(long item) const;
|
||||
bool SetItemData(long item, long data);
|
||||
// convenience function
|
||||
bool IsItemExpanded(long item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (GetItemState(item, wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) &
|
||||
wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// bounding rect
|
||||
bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, bool textOnly = FALSE) const;
|
||||
//
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
// ----------
|
||||
// adding/deleting items
|
||||
bool DeleteItem(long item);
|
||||
long InsertItem(long parent, wxTreeItem& info,
|
||||
long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST);
|
||||
// If image > -1 and selImage == -1, the same image is used for
|
||||
// both selected and unselected items.
|
||||
long InsertItem(long parent, const wxString& label,
|
||||
int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
|
||||
long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST);
|
||||
|
||||
// changing item state
|
||||
bool ExpandItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND); }
|
||||
bool CollapseItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE); }
|
||||
bool ToggleItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE); }
|
||||
// common interface for {Expand|Collapse|Toggle}Item
|
||||
bool ExpandItem(long item, int action);
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
bool SelectItem(long item);
|
||||
bool ScrollTo(long item);
|
||||
bool DeleteAllItems();
|
||||
|
||||
// Edit the label (tree must have the focus)
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
|
||||
|
||||
// End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
|
||||
bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
|
||||
|
||||
long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
|
||||
// wxImageList *CreateDragImage(long item);
|
||||
bool SortChildren(long item);
|
||||
bool EnsureVisible(long item);
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl;
|
||||
wxImageList* m_imageListNormal;
|
||||
wxImageList* m_imageListState;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeEvent: public wxCommandEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int m_code;
|
||||
wxTreeItem m_item;
|
||||
long m_oldItem;
|
||||
wxPoint m_pointDrag;
|
||||
|
||||
inline long GetOldItem() const { return m_oldItem; }
|
||||
inline wxTreeItem& GetItem() const { return (wxTreeItem&) m_item; }
|
||||
inline wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; }
|
||||
inline int GetCode() const { return m_code; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeEventFunction)(wxTreeEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_GET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_SET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_TREECTRL_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/treectl.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/treectrl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,131 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: uma.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Universal MacOS API
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 03/02/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef H_UMA
|
||||
#define H_UMA
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/private.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void UMAInitToolbox( UInt16 inMoreMastersCalls, bool isEmbedded) ;
|
||||
void UMACleanupToolbox() ;
|
||||
long UMAGetSystemVersion() ;
|
||||
bool UMAHasAppearance() ;
|
||||
long UMAGetAppearanceVersion() ;
|
||||
bool UMAHasWindowManager() ;
|
||||
long UMAGetWindowManagerAttr() ;
|
||||
bool UMAHasAquaLayout() ;
|
||||
|
||||
bool UMASystemIsInitialized() ;
|
||||
void UMASetSystemIsInitialized(bool val);
|
||||
|
||||
// process manager
|
||||
|
||||
long UMAGetProcessMode() ;
|
||||
bool UMAGetProcessModeDoesActivateOnFGSwitch() ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
// menu manager
|
||||
|
||||
MenuRef UMANewMenu( SInt16 id , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
|
||||
void UMASetMenuTitle( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
|
||||
UInt32 UMAMenuEvent( EventRecord *inEvent ) ;
|
||||
void UMAEnableMenuItem( MenuRef inMenu , MenuItemIndex item , bool enable ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void UMAAppendSubMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , SInt16 submenuid ) ;
|
||||
void UMAInsertSubMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , MenuItemIndex item , SInt16 submenuid ) ;
|
||||
void UMAAppendMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = NULL ) ;
|
||||
void UMAInsertMenuItem( MenuRef menu , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding , MenuItemIndex item , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry = NULL ) ;
|
||||
void UMASetMenuItemShortcut( MenuRef menu , MenuItemIndex item , wxAcceleratorEntry *entry ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void UMASetMenuItemText( MenuRef menu, MenuItemIndex item, const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// quickdraw
|
||||
|
||||
void UMAShowWatchCursor() ;
|
||||
void UMAShowArrowCursor() ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
OSStatus UMAPrOpen() ;
|
||||
OSStatus UMAPrClose() ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// window manager
|
||||
|
||||
GrafPtr UMAGetWindowPort( WindowRef inWindowRef ) ;
|
||||
void UMADisposeWindow( WindowRef inWindowRef ) ;
|
||||
void UMASetWTitle( WindowRef inWindowRef , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void UMADrawGrowIcon( WindowRef inWindowRef ) ;
|
||||
void UMAShowHide( WindowRef inWindowRef , Boolean show) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// appearance manager
|
||||
|
||||
void UMADrawControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void UMAEnableControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
|
||||
void UMADisableControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
|
||||
void UMAActivateControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
|
||||
void UMADeactivateControl( ControlHandle inControl ) ;
|
||||
// ControlPartCode hiliteState) ;
|
||||
void UMAShowControl (ControlHandle theControl) ;
|
||||
void UMAHideControl (ControlHandle theControl);
|
||||
void UMAActivateControl (ControlHandle inControl);
|
||||
void UMADeactivateControl (ControlHandle inControl);
|
||||
void UMASetControlTitle( ControlHandle inControl , const wxString& title , wxFontEncoding encoding) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void UMAMoveControl( ControlHandle inControl , short x , short y ) ;
|
||||
void UMASizeControl( ControlHandle inControl , short x , short y ) ;
|
||||
// control hierarchy
|
||||
|
||||
// keyboard focus
|
||||
OSErr UMASetKeyboardFocus (WindowPtr inWindow,
|
||||
ControlHandle inControl,
|
||||
ControlFocusPart inPart) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// events
|
||||
|
||||
void UMAUpdateControls( WindowPtr inWindow , RgnHandle inRgn ) ;
|
||||
OSErr UMAGetRootControl( WindowPtr inWindow , ControlHandle *outControl ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// handling control data
|
||||
bool UMAIsWindowFloating( WindowRef inWindow ) ;
|
||||
bool UMAIsWindowModal( WindowRef inWindow ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void UMAHighlightAndActivateWindow( WindowRef inWindowRef , bool inActivate ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
OSStatus UMAGetHelpMenu(
|
||||
MenuRef * outHelpMenu,
|
||||
MenuItemIndex * outFirstCustomItemIndex); /* can be NULL */
|
||||
|
||||
// Appearance Drawing
|
||||
|
||||
OSStatus UMADrawThemePlacard( const Rect *inRect , ThemeDrawState inState ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clipboard support
|
||||
|
||||
OSStatus UMAPutScrap( Size size , OSType type , void *data ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// accessor helpers
|
||||
|
||||
#if !TARGET_CARBON
|
||||
#define ClearCurrentScrap() ZeroScrap() ;
|
||||
#define GetApplicationScript() smSystemScript
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/uma.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
// calls not in carbon
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define GetWindowUpdateRgn( inWindow , updateRgn ) GetWindowRegion( inWindow , kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn )
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/uma.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,269 +1,5 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: window.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxWindowMac class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_WINDOW_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
|
||||
#pragma interface "window.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/brush.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// forward declarations
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTopLevelWindowMac;
|
||||
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// constants
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindowMac: public wxWindowBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowMac)
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxDC;
|
||||
friend class wxPaintDC;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindowMac()
|
||||
: m_macBackgroundBrush()
|
||||
, m_macVisibleRegion()
|
||||
, m_x(0), m_y(0), m_width(0), m_height(0)
|
||||
, m_hScrollBar(NULL), m_vScrollBar(NULL)
|
||||
, m_label(wxEmptyString)
|
||||
{ Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindowMac(wxWindowMac *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxWindowMac();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindowMac *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title);
|
||||
virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Raise();
|
||||
virtual void Lower();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Show( bool show = TRUE );
|
||||
virtual bool Enable( bool enable = TRUE );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = TRUE,
|
||||
const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor );
|
||||
virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font)
|
||||
{ return wxWindowBase::SetFont(font); }
|
||||
virtual int GetCharHeight() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetCharWidth() const;
|
||||
virtual void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
|
||||
int *x, int *y,
|
||||
int *descent = (int *) NULL,
|
||||
int *externalLeading = (int *) NULL,
|
||||
const wxFont *theFont = (const wxFont *) NULL)
|
||||
const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
|
||||
int range, bool refresh = TRUE );
|
||||
virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = TRUE );
|
||||
virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const;
|
||||
virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const;
|
||||
virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const;
|
||||
virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
|
||||
const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
|
||||
virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget );
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
|
||||
|
||||
// Accept files for dragging
|
||||
virtual void DragAcceptFiles(bool accept);
|
||||
|
||||
// Native resource loading (implemented in src/msw/nativdlg.cpp)
|
||||
// FIXME: should they really be all virtual?
|
||||
wxWindowMac* GetWindowChild1(wxWindowID id);
|
||||
wxWindowMac* GetWindowChild(wxWindowID id);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void MacClientToRootWindow( int *x , int *y ) const ;
|
||||
void MacRootWindowToClient( int *x , int *y ) const ;
|
||||
void MacWindowToRootWindow( int *x , int *y ) const ;
|
||||
void MacRootWindowToWindow( int *x , int *y ) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxString MacGetToolTipString( wxPoint &where ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// simple accessors
|
||||
// ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
// WXHWND GetHWND() const { return m_hWnd; }
|
||||
// void SetHWND(WXHWND hWnd) { m_hWnd = hWnd; }
|
||||
virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const { return (WXWidget) NULL ; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetTransparentBackground() const { return m_backgroundTransparent; }
|
||||
void SetTransparent(bool t = TRUE) { m_backgroundTransparent = t; }
|
||||
|
||||
// event handlers
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) ;
|
||||
void OnNcPaint(wxNcPaintEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent &event ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void MacOnScroll(wxScrollEvent&event ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
bool AcceptsFocus() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
void OnInternalIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
|
||||
// smaller
|
||||
virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindowMac *FindItem(long id) const;
|
||||
wxWindowMac *FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly = FALSE) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make a Windows extended style from the given wxWindows window style
|
||||
static WXDWORD MakeExtendedStyle(long style,
|
||||
bool eliminateBorders = TRUE);
|
||||
// Determine whether 3D effects are wanted
|
||||
WXDWORD Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle, bool *want3D) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// MSW only: TRUE if this control is part of the main control
|
||||
virtual bool ContainsHWND(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd)) const { return FALSE; };
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup background and foreground colours correctly
|
||||
virtual void SetupColours();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static bool MacGetWindowFromPoint( const wxPoint &point , wxWindowMac** outWin ) ;
|
||||
virtual bool MacGetWindowFromPointSub( const wxPoint &point , wxWindowMac** outWin ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacRedraw( WXHRGN updatergn , long time , bool erase) ;
|
||||
virtual bool MacCanFocus() const { return true ; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool MacDispatchMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event ) ;
|
||||
// this should not be overriden in classes above wxWindowMac because it is called from its destructor via DeleteChildren
|
||||
virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child );
|
||||
virtual void MacPaintBorders( int left , int top ) ;
|
||||
WXWindow MacGetRootWindow() const ;
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindowMac* MacGetTopLevelWindow() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual WXWidget MacGetContainerForEmbedding() ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual long MacGetLeftBorderSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual long MacGetRightBorderSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual long MacGetTopBorderSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual long MacGetBottomBorderSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
static long MacRemoveBordersFromStyle( long style ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
// the absolute coordinates of this item within the toplevel window may have changed
|
||||
virtual void MacUpdateDimensions() {}
|
||||
// the absolute coortinates of this window's root have changed
|
||||
virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperShown( bool show ) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperEnabled( bool enable ) ;
|
||||
bool MacIsReallyShown() const ;
|
||||
virtual void Update() ;
|
||||
// for compatibility
|
||||
void MacUpdateImmediately() { Update() ; }
|
||||
virtual bool MacSetupCursor( const wxPoint& pt ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// virtual bool MacSetPortDrawingParams( const Point & localOrigin, const Rect & clipRect, WindowRef window , wxWindowMac* rootwin ) ;
|
||||
// virtual void MacGetPortParams(Point* localOrigin, Rect* clipRect, WindowRef *window , wxWindowMac** rootwin ) ;
|
||||
// virtual void MacGetPortClientParams(Point* localOrigin, Rect* clipRect, WindowRef *window , wxWindowMac** rootwin) ;
|
||||
const wxBrush& MacGetBackgroundBrush() ;
|
||||
const wxRegion& MacGetVisibleRegion( bool respectChildrenAndSiblings = true ) ;
|
||||
bool MacIsWindowScrollbar( const wxScrollBar* sb )
|
||||
{ return (m_hScrollBar == sb || m_vScrollBar == sb) ; }
|
||||
static wxWindowMac* s_lastMouseWindow ;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxBrush m_macBackgroundBrush ;
|
||||
wxRegion m_macVisibleRegion ;
|
||||
int m_x ;
|
||||
int m_y ;
|
||||
int m_width ;
|
||||
int m_height ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxScrollBar* m_hScrollBar ;
|
||||
wxScrollBar* m_vScrollBar ;
|
||||
wxString m_label ;
|
||||
|
||||
void MacCreateScrollBars( long style ) ;
|
||||
void MacRepositionScrollBars() ;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_backgroundTransparent ;
|
||||
|
||||
// implement the base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
|
||||
int width, int height,
|
||||
int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
|
||||
virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoCaptureMouse();
|
||||
virtual void DoReleaseMouse();
|
||||
|
||||
// move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called
|
||||
// from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just call
|
||||
// ::MoveWindow() except for composite controls which will want to arrange
|
||||
// themselves inside the given rectangle
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
|
||||
virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowMac)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_WINDOW_H_
|
||||
#if __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/classic/window.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/carbon/window.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user